(display_line): On ttys, produce more than one
[bpt/emacs.git] / src / xdisp.c
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
23
24 Redisplay.
25
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
30
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the the description of direct update
37 operations, below.).
38
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
48
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay() +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
62 |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
64 |
65 X expose events -----+
66
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
71
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
81
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
87
88
89 Direct operations.
90
91 You will find a lot of of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
95
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
102
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
108
109
110 Desired matrices.
111
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
118
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
125
126 Iteration over things to be be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator
128 (or init_string_iterator for that matter). Calls to
129 get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with relevant
130 information about the next thing to display. Calls to
131 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
132
133 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
134 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
135 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
136 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
137 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
138 see in dispextern.h.
139
140 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
141 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
142 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
143 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
144 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
145 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
146 glyphs produced are discarded.
147
148
149 Frame matrices.
150
151 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
152 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
153 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
154 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
155 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
156 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
157
158 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
159 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
160 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
161 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
162 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
163 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
164 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
165 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
166 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
167 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
168 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
169
170 #include <config.h>
171 #include <stdio.h>
172 #include "lisp.h"
173 #include "keyboard.h"
174 #include "frame.h"
175 #include "window.h"
176 #include "termchar.h"
177 #include "dispextern.h"
178 #include "buffer.h"
179 #include "charset.h"
180 #include "indent.h"
181 #include "commands.h"
182 #include "macros.h"
183 #include "disptab.h"
184 #include "termhooks.h"
185 #include "intervals.h"
186 #include "coding.h"
187 #include "process.h"
188 #include "region-cache.h"
189 #include "fontset.h"
190
191 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
192 #include "xterm.h"
193 #endif
194 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
195 #include "w32term.h"
196 #endif
197 #ifdef macintosh
198 #include "macterm.h"
199 #endif
200
201 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
202 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
203
204 #define INFINITY 10000000
205
206 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
207 extern void set_frame_menubar P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
208 extern int pending_menu_activation;
209 #endif
210
211 extern int interrupt_input;
212 extern int command_loop_level;
213
214 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
215
216 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
217
218 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
219 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
220 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
221
222 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
223 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
224 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
225 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
226 Lisp_Object QCeval, Qwhen, QCfile, QCdata;
227 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
228 Lisp_Object Qgrow_only;
229
230 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
231
232 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
233 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
234
235 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
236 over them. */
237
238 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
239
240 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
241
242 int tool_bar_button_margin;
243
244 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
245
246 int tool_bar_button_relief;
247
248 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
249 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
250
251 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
252
253 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
254
255 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
256
257 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
258
259 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qalign_to;
260 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qimage, Qwidth;
261
262 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
263
264 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
265 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qraise;
266 Lisp_Object Qmargin;
267 extern Lisp_Object Qheight;
268
269 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
270
271 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
272
273 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
274
275 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
276
277 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
278 images in Lisp. */
279
280 Lisp_Object Qimage;
281
282 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
283 message. */
284
285 int noninteractive_need_newline;
286
287 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
288
289 static int message_log_need_newline;
290
291 \f
292 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
293 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
294 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
295 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
296
297 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
298
299 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
300 terminating newline. */
301
302 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
303
304 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
305
306 static int this_line_vpos;
307 static int this_line_y;
308 static int this_line_pixel_height;
309
310 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
311 negative if first character is partially visible. */
312
313 static int this_line_start_x;
314
315 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
316
317 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
318
319 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
320 frame. */
321
322 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
323
324 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
325
326 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
327
328 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
329 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
330 frame-title-format. */
331
332 int multiple_frames;
333
334 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
335
336 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
337
338 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
339
340 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
341
342 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
343
344 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
345 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
346 numerical position. */
347
348 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
349
350 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
351
352 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
353
354 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
355
356 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
357
358 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
359 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
360 have changed. */
361
362 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
363
364 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook, Vmenu_bar_update_hook;
365
366 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
367
368 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
369
370 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
371
372 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
373
374 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
375 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
376
377 static int scroll_step;
378
379 /* Non-0 means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
380 screen, when appropriate. */
381
382 static int scroll_conservatively;
383
384 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
385 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
386 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
387 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
388
389 int scroll_margin;
390
391 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
392 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
393 this. */
394
395 int buffer_shared;
396
397 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
398
399 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
400
401 /* Zero means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face
402 (this slightly odd definition is for compatibility with previous versions
403 of emacs), non-zero means display them using their respective faces.
404
405 This variable is deprecated. */
406
407 int mode_line_inverse_video;
408
409 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
410
411 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
412
413 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
414 of the line that contains the prompt. */
415
416 int minibuf_prompt_width;
417 int minibuf_prompt_pixel_width;
418
419 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
420 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
421 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
422
423 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
424
425 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
426 pushes the current message and the value of
427 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
428 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
429
430 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
431
432 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
433 message was specified. */
434
435 int message_enable_multibyte;
436
437 /* True if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
438
439 int update_mode_lines;
440
441 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
442 redisplay that finished */
443
444 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
445
446 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
447 line number. */
448
449 int line_number_displayed;
450
451 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
452
453 Lisp_Object Vline_number_display_limit;
454
455 /* line width to consider when repostioning for line number display */
456
457 static int line_number_display_limit_width;
458
459 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
460 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
461
462 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
463
464 /* The name of the *Messages* buffer, a string. */
465
466 static Lisp_Object Vmessages_buffer_name;
467
468 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
469 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
470
471 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
472
473 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
474
475 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
476
477 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
478
479 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
480
481 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
482 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
483
484 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
485
486 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
487 message. */
488
489 int message_buf_print;
490
491 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
492 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
493 specifying a number of lines. */
494
495 Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
496
497 /* Non-zero means messages should be displayed with truncated
498 lines instead of being continued. */
499
500 int message_truncate_lines;
501 Lisp_Object Qmessage_truncate_lines;
502
503 /* Non-zero means we want a hollow cursor in windows that are not
504 selected. Zero means there's no cursor in such windows. */
505
506 int cursor_in_non_selected_windows;
507
508 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
509 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
510
511 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
512 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
513 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
514
515 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
516
517 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
518
519 /* Non-zero if there's a help-echo in the echo area. */
520
521 int help_echo_showing_p;
522
523 /* If >= 0, computed, exact values of mode-line and header-line height
524 to use in the macros CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT and
525 CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT. */
526
527 int current_mode_line_height, current_header_line_height;
528
529 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
530 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
531 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
532 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
533 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
534
535 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
536
537 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
538
539 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
540 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
541
542 int trace_redisplay_p;
543
544 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
545
546 #ifdef DEBUG_TRACE_MOVE
547 /* Non-zero means trace with TRACE_MOVE to stderr. */
548 int trace_move;
549
550 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) if (trace_move) fprintf x; else (void) 0
551 #else
552 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) (void) 0
553 #endif
554
555 /* Non-zero means automatically scroll windows horizontally to make
556 point visible. */
557
558 int automatic_hscrolling_p;
559
560 /* A list of symbols, one for each supported image type. */
561
562 Lisp_Object Vimage_types;
563
564 /* The variable `resize-mini-windows'. If nil, don't resize
565 mini-windows. If t, always resize them to fit the text they
566 display. If `grow-only', let mini-windows grow only until they
567 become empty. */
568
569 Lisp_Object Vresize_mini_windows;
570
571 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
572
573 enum prop_handled
574 {
575 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
576 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
577 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
578 HANDLED_RETURN
579 };
580
581 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
582 in. */
583
584 struct props
585 {
586 /* The name of the property. */
587 Lisp_Object *name;
588
589 /* A unique index for the property. */
590 enum prop_idx idx;
591
592 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
593 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
594 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
595 };
596
597 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
598 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
599 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
600 static enum prop_handled handle_composition_prop P_ ((struct it *));
601 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
602 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
603
604 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
605
606 static struct props it_props[] =
607 {
608 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
609 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
610 `display' need to know the face. */
611 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
612 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
613 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
614 {&Qcomposition, COMPOSITION_PROP_IDX, handle_composition_prop},
615 {NULL, 0, NULL}
616 };
617
618 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
619 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
620
621 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
622
623 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
624
625 enum move_it_result
626 {
627 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
628 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
629
630 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
631 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
632
633 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
634 MOVE_X_REACHED,
635
636 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
637 continued. */
638 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
639
640 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
641 be displayed truncated. */
642 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
643
644 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
645 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
646 };
647
648
649 \f
650 /* Function prototypes. */
651
652 static int cursor_row_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
653 static int redisplay_mode_lines P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
654 static char *decode_mode_spec_coding P_ ((Lisp_Object, char *, int));
655 static int invisible_text_between_p P_ ((struct it *, int, int));
656 static int next_element_from_ellipsis P_ ((struct it *));
657 static void pint2str P_ ((char *, int, int));
658 static struct text_pos run_window_scroll_functions P_ ((Lisp_Object,
659 struct text_pos));
660 static void reconsider_clip_changes P_ ((struct window *, struct buffer *));
661 static int text_outside_line_unchanged_p P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
662 static void store_frame_title_char P_ ((char));
663 static int store_frame_title P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int));
664 static void x_consider_frame_title P_ ((Lisp_Object));
665 static void handle_stop P_ ((struct it *));
666 static int tool_bar_lines_needed P_ ((struct frame *));
667 static int single_display_prop_intangible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object));
668 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers P_ ((void));
669 static struct glyph_row *row_containing_pos P_ ((struct window *, int,
670 struct glyph_row *,
671 struct glyph_row *));
672 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
673 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
674 static int with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((struct window *, int,
675 int (*) (EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT),
676 EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
677 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
678 static int current_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
679 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
680 static int set_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
681 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
682 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
683 static int resize_mini_window_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
684 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
685 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
686 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
687 struct text_pos));
688 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
689 static Lisp_Object safe_eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
690 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
691 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
692 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
693 static int append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
694 static void make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
695 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
696 static int try_cursor_movement P_ ((Lisp_Object, struct text_pos, int *));
697 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
698 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
699 int invisible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
700 int invisible_ellipsis_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
701 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
702 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
703 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
704 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
705 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
706 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
707 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
708 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
709 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
710 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
711 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
712 static int display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
713 static int display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id, Lisp_Object));
714 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
715 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int));
716 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
717 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
718 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
719 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
720 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
721 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
722 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
723 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
724 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
725 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
726 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
727 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
728 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
729 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
730 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
731 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
732 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
733 static int next_element_from_composition P_ ((struct it *));
734 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
735 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
736 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
737 static void init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
738 struct display_pos *));
739 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
740 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
741 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
742 int, int, int));
743 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
744 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
745 struct glyph_row *));
746 static void init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
747 struct glyph_row *));
748 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
749 static int forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int *));
750 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
751 Lisp_Object, int));
752 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
753 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
754 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
755 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
756 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
757 Lisp_Object));
758 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
759 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
760 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
761 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *));
762 static int underlying_face_id P_ ((struct it *));
763
764 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
765 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
766
767 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
768
769 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
770 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
771 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
772 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
773
774 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
775
776 \f
777 /***********************************************************************
778 Window display dimensions
779 ***********************************************************************/
780
781 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
782 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
783 mode line, if any. */
784
785 INLINE int
786 window_text_bottom_y (w)
787 struct window *w;
788 {
789 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
790 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
791
792 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
793 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
794 return height;
795 }
796
797
798 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
799 means return the total width of W, not including bitmap areas to
800 the left and right of the window. */
801
802 INLINE int
803 window_box_width (w, area)
804 struct window *w;
805 int area;
806 {
807 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
808 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
809
810 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
811 {
812 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_COLS (f);
813
814 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
815 {
816 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
817 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
818 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
819 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
820 }
821 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
822 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
823 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
824 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
825 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
826 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
827 }
828
829 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
830 }
831
832
833 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
834 including mode lines of W, if any.. */
835
836 INLINE int
837 window_box_height (w)
838 struct window *w;
839 {
840 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
841 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
842
843 xassert (height >= 0);
844
845 /* Note: the code below that determines the mode-line/header-line
846 height is essentially the same as that contained in the macro
847 CURRENT_{MODE,HEADER}_LINE_HEIGHT, except that it checks whether
848 the appropriate glyph row has its `mode_line_p' flag set,
849 and if it doesn't, uses estimate_mode_line_height instead. */
850
851 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
852 {
853 struct glyph_row *ml_row
854 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
855 ? MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
856 : 0);
857 if (ml_row && ml_row->mode_line_p)
858 height -= ml_row->height;
859 else
860 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID);
861 }
862
863 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
864 {
865 struct glyph_row *hl_row
866 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
867 ? MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
868 : 0);
869 if (hl_row && hl_row->mode_line_p)
870 height -= hl_row->height;
871 else
872 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID);
873 }
874
875 return height;
876 }
877
878
879 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
880 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
881 whole window, to the right of any bitmap area at the left side of
882 W. */
883
884 INLINE int
885 window_box_left (w, area)
886 struct window *w;
887 int area;
888 {
889 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
890 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
891
892 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
893 {
894 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
895 + FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
896
897 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
898 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
899 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
900 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
901 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
902 }
903
904 return x;
905 }
906
907
908 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
909 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
910 whole window, to the left of any bitmap area at the right side of
911 W. */
912
913 INLINE int
914 window_box_right (w, area)
915 struct window *w;
916 int area;
917 {
918 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
919 }
920
921
922 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
923 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
924 whole window, not including bitmap areas to the left and right of
925 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
926 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
927 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
928
929 INLINE void
930 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
931 struct window *w;
932 int area;
933 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
934 {
935 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
936
937 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
938 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
939 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
940 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
941 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
942 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
943 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
944 }
945
946
947 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
948 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including bitmap
949 areas to the left and right of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
950 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
951 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
952 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
953 box. */
954
955 INLINE void
956 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
957 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
958 struct window *w;
959 int area;
960 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
961 {
962 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
963 bottom_right_y);
964 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
965 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
966 }
967
968
969 \f
970 /***********************************************************************
971 Utilities
972 ***********************************************************************/
973
974 /* Return 1 if position CHARPOS is visible in window W. Set *FULLY to
975 1 if POS is visible and the line containing POS is fully visible.
976 EXACT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHTS_P non-zero means compute exact mode-line
977 and header-lines heights. */
978
979 int
980 pos_visible_p (w, charpos, fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p)
981 struct window *w;
982 int charpos, *fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p;
983 {
984 struct it it;
985 struct text_pos top;
986 int visible_p;
987 struct buffer *old_buffer = NULL;
988
989 if (XBUFFER (w->buffer) != current_buffer)
990 {
991 old_buffer = current_buffer;
992 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
993 }
994
995 *fully = visible_p = 0;
996 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (top, w->start);
997
998 /* Compute exact mode line heights, if requested. */
999 if (exact_mode_line_heights_p)
1000 {
1001 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
1002 current_mode_line_height
1003 = display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
1004 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
1005
1006 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
1007 current_header_line_height
1008 = display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
1009 current_buffer->header_line_format);
1010 }
1011
1012 start_display (&it, w, top);
1013 move_it_to (&it, charpos, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
1014 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
1015
1016 /* Note that we may overshoot because of invisible text. */
1017 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= charpos)
1018 {
1019 int line_height, line_bottom_y;
1020 int line_top_y = it.current_y;
1021 int window_top_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
1022
1023 line_height = it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
1024 if (line_height == 0)
1025 {
1026 if (last_height)
1027 line_height = last_height;
1028 else if (charpos < ZV)
1029 {
1030 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 1);
1031 line_height = (it.max_ascent || it.max_descent
1032 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
1033 : last_height);
1034 }
1035 else
1036 {
1037 /* Use the default character height. */
1038 it.what = IT_CHARACTER;
1039 it.c = ' ';
1040 it.len = 1;
1041 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
1042 line_height = it.ascent + it.descent;
1043 }
1044 }
1045 line_bottom_y = line_top_y + line_height;
1046
1047 if (line_top_y < window_top_y)
1048 visible_p = line_bottom_y > window_top_y;
1049 else if (line_top_y < it.last_visible_y)
1050 {
1051 visible_p = 1;
1052 *fully = line_bottom_y <= it.last_visible_y;
1053 }
1054 }
1055 else if (it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent > it.last_visible_y)
1056 {
1057 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
1058 if (charpos < IT_CHARPOS (it))
1059 {
1060 visible_p = 1;
1061 *fully = 0;
1062 }
1063 }
1064
1065 if (old_buffer)
1066 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
1067
1068 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
1069 return visible_p;
1070 }
1071
1072
1073 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
1074 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
1075 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
1076 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the invalid
1077 character. */
1078
1079 static INLINE int
1080 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
1081 unsigned char *str;
1082 int maxlen, *len;
1083 {
1084 int c;
1085
1086 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
1087 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
1088 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
1089 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept invalid
1090 characters. */
1091 c = '?';
1092
1093 return c;
1094 }
1095
1096
1097
1098 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
1099 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
1100
1101 static struct text_pos
1102 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
1103 struct text_pos pos;
1104 Lisp_Object string;
1105 int nchars;
1106 {
1107 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
1108
1109 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1110 {
1111 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
1112 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
1113 int len;
1114
1115 while (nchars--)
1116 {
1117 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1118 p += len, rest -= len;
1119 xassert (rest >= 0);
1120 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1121 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1122 }
1123 }
1124 else
1125 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
1126
1127 return pos;
1128 }
1129
1130
1131 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
1132 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
1133
1134 static INLINE struct text_pos
1135 string_pos (charpos, string)
1136 int charpos;
1137 Lisp_Object string;
1138 {
1139 struct text_pos pos;
1140 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1141 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1142 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
1143 return pos;
1144 }
1145
1146
1147 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
1148 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1149 means recognize multibyte characters. */
1150
1151 static struct text_pos
1152 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
1153 int charpos;
1154 unsigned char *s;
1155 int multibyte_p;
1156 {
1157 struct text_pos pos;
1158
1159 xassert (s != NULL);
1160 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1161
1162 if (multibyte_p)
1163 {
1164 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1165
1166 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
1167 while (charpos--)
1168 {
1169 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
1170 s += len, rest -= len;
1171 xassert (rest >= 0);
1172 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1173 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1174 }
1175 }
1176 else
1177 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
1178
1179 return pos;
1180 }
1181
1182
1183 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
1184 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
1185
1186 static int
1187 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
1188 unsigned char *s;
1189 int multibyte_p;
1190 {
1191 int nchars;
1192
1193 if (multibyte_p)
1194 {
1195 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1196 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
1197
1198 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
1199 {
1200 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1201 rest -= len, p += len;
1202 }
1203 }
1204 else
1205 nchars = strlen (s);
1206
1207 return nchars;
1208 }
1209
1210
1211 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1212 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1213 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1214
1215 static void
1216 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1217 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1218 Lisp_Object string;
1219 {
1220 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1221 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1222
1223 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1224 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string,
1225 CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos));
1226 else
1227 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1228 }
1229
1230
1231 \f
1232 /***********************************************************************
1233 Lisp form evaluation
1234 ***********************************************************************/
1235
1236 /* Error handler for safe_eval and safe_call. */
1237
1238 static Lisp_Object
1239 safe_eval_handler (arg)
1240 Lisp_Object arg;
1241 {
1242 add_to_log ("Error during redisplay: %s", arg, Qnil);
1243 return Qnil;
1244 }
1245
1246
1247 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1248 wrong. */
1249
1250 Lisp_Object
1251 safe_eval (sexpr)
1252 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1253 {
1254 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1255 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1256 Lisp_Object val;
1257
1258 GCPRO1 (sexpr);
1259 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1260 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qerror, safe_eval_handler);
1261 UNGCPRO;
1262 return unbind_to (count, val);
1263 }
1264
1265
1266 /* Call function ARGS[0] with arguments ARGS[1] to ARGS[NARGS - 1].
1267 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1268
1269 Lisp_Object
1270 safe_call (nargs, args)
1271 int nargs;
1272 Lisp_Object *args;
1273 {
1274 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1275 Lisp_Object val;
1276 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1277
1278 GCPRO1 (args[0]);
1279 gcpro1.nvars = nargs;
1280 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1281 val = internal_condition_case_2 (Ffuncall, nargs, args, Qerror,
1282 safe_eval_handler);
1283 UNGCPRO;
1284 return unbind_to (count, val);
1285 }
1286
1287
1288 /* Call function FN with one argument ARG.
1289 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1290
1291 Lisp_Object
1292 safe_call1 (fn, arg)
1293 Lisp_Object fn, arg;
1294 {
1295 Lisp_Object args[2];
1296 args[0] = fn;
1297 args[1] = arg;
1298 return safe_call (2, args);
1299 }
1300
1301
1302 \f
1303 /***********************************************************************
1304 Debugging
1305 ***********************************************************************/
1306
1307 #if 0
1308
1309 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1310 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1311
1312 static void
1313 check_it (it)
1314 struct it *it;
1315 {
1316 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1317 {
1318 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1319 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1320 }
1321 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1322 {
1323 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1324 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1325 }
1326
1327 if (it->dpvec)
1328 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1329 else
1330 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1331 }
1332
1333 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1334
1335 #else /* not 0 */
1336
1337 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1338
1339 #endif /* not 0 */
1340
1341
1342 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1343
1344 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1345 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1346
1347 static void
1348 check_window_end (w)
1349 struct window *w;
1350 {
1351 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1352 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1353 {
1354 struct glyph_row *row;
1355 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1356 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1357 !row->enabled_p
1358 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1359 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1360 }
1361 }
1362
1363 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1364
1365 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1366
1367 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1368
1369 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1370
1371
1372 \f
1373 /***********************************************************************
1374 Iterator initialization
1375 ***********************************************************************/
1376
1377 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1378 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1379 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1380 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1381 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS <= 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1382
1383 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1384 will produce glyphs in that row.
1385
1386 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1387 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1388 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for
1389 displaying the tool-bar.
1390
1391 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1392 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator will be initialized to use the
1393 corresponding mode line glyph row of the desired matrix of W. */
1394
1395 void
1396 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1397 struct it *it;
1398 struct window *w;
1399 int charpos, bytepos;
1400 struct glyph_row *row;
1401 enum face_id base_face_id;
1402 {
1403 int highlight_region_p;
1404
1405 /* Some precondition checks. */
1406 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1407 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos > 0 && charpos <= ZV));
1408
1409 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1410 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1411 that might have changed. */
1412 if (face_change_count)
1413 {
1414 face_change_count = 0;
1415 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1416 }
1417
1418 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1419 appropriate. */
1420 if (row == NULL)
1421 {
1422 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID)
1423 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1424 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1425 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1426 }
1427
1428 /* Clear IT. */
1429 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1430 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1431 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1432 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1433
1434 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1435 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1436 it->w = w;
1437 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1438
1439 /* Extra space between lines (on window systems only). */
1440 if (base_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1441 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1442 {
1443 if (NATNUMP (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing))
1444 it->extra_line_spacing = XFASTINT (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing);
1445 else if (it->f->extra_line_spacing > 0)
1446 it->extra_line_spacing = it->f->extra_line_spacing;
1447 }
1448
1449 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1450 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. When running
1451 in batch mode, the face cache of Vterminal_frame is null. If
1452 we happen to get called, make a dummy face cache. */
1453 if (
1454 #ifndef WINDOWSNT
1455 noninteractive &&
1456 #endif
1457 FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f) == NULL)
1458 init_frame_faces (it->f);
1459 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1460 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1461
1462 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1463 it->space_width = Qnil;
1464 it->font_height = Qnil;
1465
1466 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1467 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1468
1469 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1470 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1471 invisible. */
1472 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1473 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1474 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1475 ? -1 : 0));
1476 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1477 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1478
1479 /* Display table to use. */
1480 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1481
1482 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1483 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1484
1485 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1486 highlight_region_p
1487 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1488 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1489 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1490
1491 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1492 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1493 -1 to indicate no region. */
1494 if (highlight_region_p
1495 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1496 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1497 highlight_nonselected_windows
1498 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1499 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1500 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1501 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1502 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1503 && w == XWINDOW (Vminibuf_scroll_window))))
1504 {
1505 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1506 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1507 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1508 }
1509 else
1510 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1511
1512 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1513 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1514 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1515 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1516 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1517 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1518 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1519 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1520
1521 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1522 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1523 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1524 it->tab_width = 8;
1525
1526 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1527 it->truncate_lines_p
1528 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1529 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1530 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1531 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1532 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1533
1534 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1535 displayed as bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1536 frames. */
1537 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1538 {
1539 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1540 {
1541 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1542 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1543 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1544 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1545 }
1546 else
1547 {
1548 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1549 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1550 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1551 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1552 }
1553
1554 /* Reset these values to zero becaue the produce_special_glyphs
1555 above has changed them. */
1556 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1557 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1558 }
1559
1560 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1561 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1562 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1563 it->glyph_row = row;
1564 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1565
1566 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1567 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1568 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1569 start of this total display area. */
1570 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1571 {
1572 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1573 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1574 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1575 }
1576 else
1577 {
1578 it->first_visible_x
1579 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1580 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1581 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1582
1583 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1584 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1585 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1586 for window-based redisplay. */
1587 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1588 {
1589 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1590 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1591 else
1592 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1593 }
1594
1595 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1596 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1597 }
1598
1599 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1600 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1601 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1602 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1603
1604 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1605
1606 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1607 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1608 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1609 {
1610 struct face *face;
1611
1612 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1613
1614 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1615 with a left box line. */
1616 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1617 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1618 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1619 }
1620
1621 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1622 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1623 if (charpos > 0)
1624 {
1625 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1626 it->face_id = -1;
1627 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1628
1629 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1630 if (bytepos <= 0)
1631 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1632 else
1633 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1634
1635 /* Compute faces etc. */
1636 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1637 }
1638
1639 CHECK_IT (it);
1640 }
1641
1642
1643 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1644
1645 void
1646 start_display (it, w, pos)
1647 struct it *it;
1648 struct window *w;
1649 struct text_pos pos;
1650 {
1651 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1652 struct glyph_row *row;
1653 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1654 int first_y;
1655
1656 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1657 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1658 first_y = it->current_y;
1659
1660 /* If window start is not at a line start, move back to the line
1661 start. This makes sure that we take continuation lines into
1662 account. */
1663 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1664 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1665 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1666 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1667
1668 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1669 get the correct continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
1670 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1671 {
1672 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1673
1674 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle of a
1675 multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character displayed as
1676 \003, or in the middle of an overlay string). In this case
1677 move_it_to above will not have taken us to the start of
1678 the continuation line but to the end of the continued line. */
1679 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
1680 {
1681 if (it->current_x > 0)
1682 {
1683 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1684 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1685 {
1686 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
1687 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1688 }
1689
1690 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1691 }
1692
1693 /* We're starting a new display line, not affected by the
1694 height of the continued line, so clear the appropriate
1695 fields in the iterator structure. */
1696 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
1697 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
1698 }
1699
1700 it->current_y = first_y;
1701 it->vpos = 0;
1702 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1703 }
1704
1705 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1706 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1707 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1708
1709 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1710 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1711 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1712 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1713 #endif /* 0 */
1714 }
1715
1716
1717 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1718 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1719 vector/ control character translation position information. */
1720
1721 static void
1722 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1723 struct it *it;
1724 struct window *w;
1725 struct display_pos *pos;
1726 {
1727 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1728 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1729 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1730 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1731 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1732 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1733 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1734 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1735 after-string. */
1736 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos->pos), BYTEPOS (pos->pos),
1737 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1738
1739 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to
1740 the right overlay string. */
1741 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1742 {
1743 int relative_index;
1744
1745 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1746 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1747 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1748 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1749 {
1750 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1751 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1752 while (n--)
1753 {
1754 load_overlay_strings (it);
1755 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1756 }
1757 }
1758
1759 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1760 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1761 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1762 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1763 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1764 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1765 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1766 }
1767 else if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1768 {
1769 /* If POS says we're already after an overlay string ending at
1770 POS, make sure to pop the iterator because it will be in
1771 front of that overlay string. When POS is ZV, we've thereby
1772 also ``processed'' overlay strings at ZV. */
1773 while (it->sp)
1774 pop_it (it);
1775 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1776 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
1777 if (CHARPOS (pos->pos) == ZV)
1778 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
1779 }
1780
1781 if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1782 {
1783 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1784 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1785 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1786 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1787 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1788 }
1789
1790 /* Restore position in display vector translations or control
1791 character translations. */
1792 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
1793 {
1794 /* This fills IT->dpvec. */
1795 get_next_display_element (it);
1796 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
1797 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
1798 }
1799
1800 CHECK_IT (it);
1801 }
1802
1803
1804 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1805 starting at ROW->start. */
1806
1807 static void
1808 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
1809 struct it *it;
1810 struct window *w;
1811 struct glyph_row *row;
1812 {
1813 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
1814 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
1815 CHECK_IT (it);
1816 }
1817
1818
1819 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1820 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end. */
1821
1822 static void
1823 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
1824 struct it *it;
1825 struct window *w;
1826 struct glyph_row *row;
1827 {
1828 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end);
1829
1830 if (row->continued_p)
1831 it->continuation_lines_width = (row->continuation_lines_width
1832 + row->pixel_width);
1833 CHECK_IT (it);
1834 }
1835
1836
1837
1838 \f
1839 /***********************************************************************
1840 Text properties
1841 ***********************************************************************/
1842
1843 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
1844 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
1845 to stop. */
1846
1847 static void
1848 handle_stop (it)
1849 struct it *it;
1850 {
1851 enum prop_handled handled;
1852 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
1853 struct props *p;
1854
1855 it->dpvec = NULL;
1856 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1857
1858 do
1859 {
1860 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1861
1862 /* Call text property handlers. */
1863 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1864 {
1865 handled = p->handler (it);
1866
1867 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1868 break;
1869 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
1870 return;
1871 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
1872 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1873 }
1874
1875 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1876 {
1877 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
1878 characters from a display vector. */
1879 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
1880 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1881
1882 /* Handle overlay changes. */
1883 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
1884 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
1885
1886 /* Determine where to stop next. */
1887 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
1888 compute_stop_pos (it);
1889 }
1890 }
1891 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
1892 }
1893
1894
1895 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
1896 information for IT's current position. */
1897
1898 static void
1899 compute_stop_pos (it)
1900 struct it *it;
1901 {
1902 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
1903 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
1904
1905 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
1906 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
1907
1908 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1909 {
1910 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
1911 properties. */
1912 object = it->string;
1913 limit = Qnil;
1914 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
1915 }
1916 else
1917 {
1918 int charpos;
1919
1920 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
1921 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
1922 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
1923 follows. */
1924 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1925 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
1926 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
1927
1928 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
1929 start or end because the face might change there. */
1930 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
1931 {
1932 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
1933 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
1934 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
1935 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
1936 }
1937
1938 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
1939 property changes. */
1940 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
1941 XSETFASTINT (limit, IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
1942 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1943
1944 }
1945
1946 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
1947 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
1948 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
1949 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
1950 {
1951 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
1952 struct props *p;
1953
1954 /* Get properties here. */
1955 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1956 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
1957
1958 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
1959 properties. */
1960 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
1961 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
1962 && (NILP (limit)
1963 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
1964 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
1965 {
1966 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1967 {
1968 Lisp_Object new_value;
1969
1970 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
1971 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
1972 break;
1973 }
1974
1975 if (p->handler)
1976 break;
1977 }
1978
1979 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
1980 {
1981 if (INTEGERP (limit)
1982 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
1983 /* No text property change up to limit. */
1984 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
1985 else
1986 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
1987 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
1988 }
1989 }
1990
1991 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
1992 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
1993 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
1994 }
1995
1996
1997 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
1998 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
1999 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
2000 xmalloc. */
2001
2002 static int
2003 next_overlay_change (pos)
2004 int pos;
2005 {
2006 int noverlays;
2007 int endpos;
2008 Lisp_Object *overlays;
2009 int len;
2010 int i;
2011
2012 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
2013 len = 10;
2014 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2015 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2016 if (noverlays > len)
2017 {
2018 len = noverlays;
2019 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2020 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2021 }
2022
2023 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
2024 use its ending point instead. */
2025 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
2026 {
2027 Lisp_Object oend;
2028 int oendpos;
2029
2030 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
2031 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
2032 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
2033 }
2034
2035 return endpos;
2036 }
2037
2038
2039 \f
2040 /***********************************************************************
2041 Fontification
2042 ***********************************************************************/
2043
2044 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
2045 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
2046 regions of text. */
2047
2048 static enum prop_handled
2049 handle_fontified_prop (it)
2050 struct it *it;
2051 {
2052 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
2053 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2054
2055 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
2056 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
2057 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
2058 Qfontification_functions. */
2059 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
2060 && it->s == NULL
2061 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
2062 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks)
2063 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
2064 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
2065 NILP (prop)))
2066 {
2067 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2068 Lisp_Object val;
2069
2070 val = Vfontification_functions;
2071 specbind (Qfontification_functions, Qnil);
2072 specbind (Qafter_change_functions, Qnil);
2073
2074 if (!CONSP (val) || EQ (XCAR (val), Qlambda))
2075 safe_call1 (val, pos);
2076 else
2077 {
2078 Lisp_Object globals, fn;
2079 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
2080
2081 globals = Qnil;
2082 GCPRO2 (val, globals);
2083
2084 for (; CONSP (val); val = XCDR (val))
2085 {
2086 fn = XCAR (val);
2087
2088 if (EQ (fn, Qt))
2089 {
2090 /* A value of t indicates this hook has a local
2091 binding; it means to run the global binding too.
2092 In a global value, t should not occur. If it
2093 does, we must ignore it to avoid an endless
2094 loop. */
2095 for (globals = Fdefault_value (Qfontification_functions);
2096 CONSP (globals);
2097 globals = XCDR (globals))
2098 {
2099 fn = XCAR (globals);
2100 if (!EQ (fn, Qt))
2101 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2102 }
2103 }
2104 else
2105 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2106 }
2107
2108 UNGCPRO;
2109 }
2110
2111 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2112
2113 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
2114 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
2115 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
2116 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
2117 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2118 }
2119
2120 return handled;
2121 }
2122
2123
2124 \f
2125 /***********************************************************************
2126 Faces
2127 ***********************************************************************/
2128
2129 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
2130 Called from handle_stop. */
2131
2132 static enum prop_handled
2133 handle_face_prop (it)
2134 struct it *it;
2135 {
2136 int new_face_id, next_stop;
2137
2138 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
2139 {
2140 new_face_id
2141 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2142 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2143 it->region_beg_charpos,
2144 it->region_end_charpos,
2145 &next_stop,
2146 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2147 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
2148 0);
2149
2150 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
2151 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
2152 iterator; face_id is -1 is this case. We know that the new
2153 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
2154 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
2155 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
2156 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2157 {
2158 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2159
2160 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
2161 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
2162 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
2163 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
2164 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
2165 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
2166 it->start_of_box_run_p
2167 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2168 && (it->face_id >= 0
2169 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
2170 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
2171 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2172 }
2173 }
2174 else
2175 {
2176 int base_face_id, bufpos;
2177
2178 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2179 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2180 else
2181 bufpos = 0;
2182
2183 /* For strings from a buffer, i.e. overlay strings or strings
2184 from a `display' property, use the face at IT's current
2185 buffer position as the base face to merge with, so that
2186 overlay strings appear in the same face as surrounding
2187 text, unless they specify their own faces. */
2188 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2189
2190 new_face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2191 it->string,
2192 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
2193 bufpos,
2194 it->region_beg_charpos,
2195 it->region_end_charpos,
2196 &next_stop,
2197 base_face_id);
2198
2199 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
2200 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
2201 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
2202 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
2203 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
2204 new_face_id = MODE_LINE_FACE_ID;
2205 #endif
2206
2207 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
2208 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
2209 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
2210 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
2211 box, all characters up to that position will have a
2212 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
2213 is really the end. */
2214 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2215 {
2216 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2217 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2218
2219 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
2220 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
2221 shadow on the left side. */
2222 it->start_of_box_run_p
2223 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
2224 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2225 }
2226 }
2227
2228 it->face_id = new_face_id;
2229 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2230 }
2231
2232
2233 /* Return the ID of the face ``underlying'' IT's current position,
2234 which is in a string. If the iterator is associated with a
2235 buffer, return the face at IT's current buffer position.
2236 Otherwise, use the iterator's base_face_id. */
2237
2238 static int
2239 underlying_face_id (it)
2240 struct it *it;
2241 {
2242 int face_id = it->base_face_id, i;
2243
2244 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2245
2246 for (i = it->sp - 1; i >= 0; --i)
2247 if (NILP (it->stack[i].string))
2248 face_id = it->stack[i].face_id;
2249
2250 return face_id;
2251 }
2252
2253
2254 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
2255 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
2256 position. Value is the id of the face. */
2257
2258 static int
2259 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
2260 struct it *it;
2261 int before_p;
2262 {
2263 int face_id, limit;
2264 int next_check_charpos;
2265 struct text_pos pos;
2266
2267 xassert (it->s == NULL);
2268
2269 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2270 {
2271 int bufpos, base_face_id;
2272
2273 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
2274 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
2275 string start. */
2276 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size
2277 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
2278 return it->face_id;
2279
2280 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
2281 if (before_p)
2282 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
2283 else
2284 /* For composition, we must check the character after the
2285 composition. */
2286 pos = (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION
2287 ? string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + it->cmp_len, it->string)
2288 : string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string));
2289
2290 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2291 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2292 else
2293 bufpos = 0;
2294
2295 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2296
2297 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
2298 face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2299 it->string,
2300 CHARPOS (pos),
2301 bufpos,
2302 it->region_beg_charpos,
2303 it->region_end_charpos,
2304 &next_check_charpos,
2305 base_face_id);
2306
2307 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2308 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2309 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
2310 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
2311 {
2312 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (it->string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
2313 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
2314 int c, len;
2315 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2316
2317 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
2318 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2319 }
2320 }
2321 else
2322 {
2323 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
2324 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
2325 return it->face_id;
2326
2327 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
2328 pos = it->current.pos;
2329
2330 if (before_p)
2331 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2332 else
2333 {
2334 if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2335 /* For composition, we must check the position after the
2336 composition. */
2337 pos.charpos += it->cmp_len, pos.bytepos += it->len;
2338 else
2339 INC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2340 }
2341
2342 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
2343 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2344 CHARPOS (pos),
2345 it->region_beg_charpos,
2346 it->region_end_charpos,
2347 &next_check_charpos,
2348 limit, 0);
2349
2350 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2351 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2352 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
2353 if (it->multibyte_p)
2354 {
2355 int c = FETCH_MULTIBYTE_CHAR (CHARPOS (pos));
2356 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2357 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2358 }
2359 }
2360
2361 return face_id;
2362 }
2363
2364
2365 \f
2366 /***********************************************************************
2367 Invisible text
2368 ***********************************************************************/
2369
2370 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2371 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2372
2373 static enum prop_handled
2374 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2375 struct it *it;
2376 {
2377 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2378
2379 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2380 {
2381 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2382 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2383
2384 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2385 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2386 property. */
2387 XSETFASTINT (charpos, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2388 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2389
2390 if (!NILP (prop)
2391 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2392 {
2393 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2394
2395 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2396 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2397 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2398 all the rest of IT->string. */
2399 XSETINT (limit, XSTRING (it->string)->size);
2400 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2401 it->string, limit);
2402
2403 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2404 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2405 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2406 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2407 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2408 {
2409 struct text_pos old;
2410 old = it->current.string_pos;
2411 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2412 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2413 }
2414 else
2415 {
2416 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2417 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2418 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2419 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2420 {
2421 next_overlay_string (it);
2422 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2423 finished processing them. */
2424 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2425 }
2426 else
2427 {
2428 struct Lisp_String *s = XSTRING (it->string);
2429 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = s->size;
2430 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = STRING_BYTES (s);
2431 }
2432 }
2433 }
2434 }
2435 else
2436 {
2437 int visible_p, newpos, next_stop;
2438 Lisp_Object pos, prop;
2439
2440 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2441 XSETFASTINT (pos, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2442 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2443
2444 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2445 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop)
2446 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2447 {
2448 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2449 invisible text. */
2450 int display_ellipsis_p
2451 = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE_WITH_ELLIPSIS (prop);
2452
2453 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2454
2455 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2456 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2457 do
2458 {
2459 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2460 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2461 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2462 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2463 invisible property. */
2464 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2465 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2466
2467 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2468 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2469 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2470 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2471 visible_p = 1;
2472 else
2473 {
2474 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2475 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2476 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2477 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2478 get visible_p = 1, this means that the char at
2479 newpos is visible. */
2480 XSETFASTINT (pos, newpos);
2481 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2482 visible_p = !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2483 }
2484
2485 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2486 skip starting with next_stop. */
2487 if (!visible_p)
2488 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2489 }
2490 while (!visible_p);
2491
2492 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2493 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2494 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2495
2496 /* Maybe return `...' next for the end of the invisible text. */
2497 if (display_ellipsis_p)
2498 {
2499 if (it->dp
2500 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2501 {
2502 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2503 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2504 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2505 }
2506 else
2507 {
2508 /* Default `...'. */
2509 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2510 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2511 }
2512
2513 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of
2514 the character at the new position. Indicate this by
2515 setting IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2516 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2517
2518 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2519 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2520 }
2521 }
2522 }
2523
2524 return handled;
2525 }
2526
2527
2528 \f
2529 /***********************************************************************
2530 'display' property
2531 ***********************************************************************/
2532
2533 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2534 Called from handle_stop. */
2535
2536 static enum prop_handled
2537 handle_display_prop (it)
2538 struct it *it;
2539 {
2540 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2541 struct text_pos *position;
2542 int space_or_image_found_p;
2543
2544 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2545 {
2546 object = it->string;
2547 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2548 }
2549 else
2550 {
2551 object = Qnil;
2552 position = &it->current.pos;
2553 }
2554
2555 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2556 it->font_height = Qnil;
2557 it->space_width = Qnil;
2558 it->voffset = 0;
2559
2560 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2561 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2562 `display' property etc. */
2563 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2564 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2565
2566 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2567 Qdisplay, object);
2568 if (NILP (prop))
2569 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2570
2571 space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2572 if (CONSP (prop)
2573 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2574 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2575 {
2576 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2577 while (CONSP (prop))
2578 {
2579 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object, position))
2580 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2581 prop = XCDR (prop);
2582 }
2583 }
2584 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2585 {
2586 int i;
2587 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2588 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i],
2589 object, position))
2590 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2591 }
2592 else
2593 {
2594 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position))
2595 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2596 }
2597
2598 return space_or_image_found_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2599 }
2600
2601
2602 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
2603 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2604
2605 static struct text_pos
2606 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2607 struct it *it;
2608 Lisp_Object object;
2609 struct text_pos start_pos;
2610 {
2611 Lisp_Object end;
2612 struct text_pos end_pos;
2613
2614 end = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos)),
2615 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2616 CHARPOS (end_pos) = XFASTINT (end);
2617 if (STRINGP (object))
2618 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2619 else
2620 BYTEPOS (end_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end));
2621
2622 return end_pos;
2623 }
2624
2625
2626 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2627 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2628 is the position at which it was found.
2629
2630 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2631 end position of the `display' property.
2632
2633 Value is non-zero if a `space' or `image' property value was found. */
2634
2635 static int
2636 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position)
2637 struct it *it;
2638 Lisp_Object prop;
2639 Lisp_Object object;
2640 struct text_pos *position;
2641 {
2642 Lisp_Object value;
2643 int space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2644 Lisp_Object form;
2645
2646 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2647 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2648 form = Qt;
2649 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2650 {
2651 prop = XCDR (prop);
2652 if (!CONSP (prop))
2653 return 0;
2654 form = XCAR (prop);
2655 prop = XCDR (prop);
2656 }
2657
2658 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2659 {
2660 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2661 struct text_pos end_pos, pt;
2662
2663 GCPRO1 (form);
2664 end_pos = display_prop_end (it, object, *position);
2665
2666 /* Temporarily set point to the end position, and then evaluate
2667 the form. This makes `(eolp)' work as FORM. */
2668 if (BUFFERP (object))
2669 {
2670 CHARPOS (pt) = PT;
2671 BYTEPOS (pt) = PT_BYTE;
2672 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (end_pos), BYTEPOS (end_pos));
2673 }
2674
2675 form = safe_eval (form);
2676
2677 if (BUFFERP (object))
2678 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
2679 UNGCPRO;
2680 }
2681
2682 if (NILP (form))
2683 return 0;
2684
2685 if (CONSP (prop)
2686 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2687 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2688 {
2689 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f)
2690 || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f)
2691 || FRAME_W32_CONSOLE_P (it->f))
2692 return 0;
2693
2694 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2695 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2696 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2697 {
2698 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2699 int new_height = -1;
2700
2701 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2702 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2703 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2704 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2705 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2706 {
2707 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2708 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2709 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2710 steps = - steps;
2711 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2712 }
2713 else if (FUNCTIONP (it->font_height))
2714 {
2715 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2716 Value is the new height. */
2717 Lisp_Object height;
2718 height = safe_call1 (it->font_height,
2719 face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2720 if (NUMBERP (height))
2721 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2722 }
2723 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2724 {
2725 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2726 struct face *face;
2727
2728 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2729 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2730 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2731 }
2732 else
2733 {
2734 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2735 current specified height to get the new height. */
2736 Lisp_Object value;
2737 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2738
2739 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2740 value = safe_eval (it->font_height);
2741 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2742
2743 if (NUMBERP (value))
2744 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2745 }
2746
2747 if (new_height > 0)
2748 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2749 }
2750 }
2751 else if (CONSP (prop)
2752 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2753 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2754 {
2755 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2756 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f)
2757 || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f)
2758 || FRAME_W32_CONSOLE_P (it->f))
2759 return 0;
2760
2761 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2762 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
2763 it->space_width = value;
2764 }
2765 else if (CONSP (prop)
2766 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2767 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2768 {
2769 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2770 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f)
2771 || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f)
2772 || FRAME_W32_CONSOLE_P (it->f))
2773 return 0;
2774
2775 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2776 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2777 if (NUMBERP (value))
2778 {
2779 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2780 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
2781 * (FONT_HEIGHT (face->font)));
2782 }
2783 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2784 }
2785 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2786 {
2787 /* `((margin left-margin) VALUE)' or `((margin right-margin)
2788 VALUE) or `((margin nil) VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2789 Lisp_Object location, value;
2790 struct text_pos start_pos;
2791 int valid_p;
2792
2793 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2794 we have to find the end of the property. */
2795 start_pos = *position;
2796 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
2797 value = Qnil;
2798
2799 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2800 text properties change there. */
2801 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
2802
2803 location = Qunbound;
2804 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
2805 {
2806 Lisp_Object tem;
2807
2808 value = XCDR (prop);
2809 if (CONSP (value))
2810 value = XCAR (value);
2811
2812 tem = XCAR (prop);
2813 if (EQ (XCAR (tem), Qmargin)
2814 && (tem = XCDR (tem),
2815 tem = CONSP (tem) ? XCAR (tem) : Qnil,
2816 (NILP (tem)
2817 || EQ (tem, Qleft_margin)
2818 || EQ (tem, Qright_margin))))
2819 location = tem;
2820 }
2821
2822 if (EQ (location, Qunbound))
2823 {
2824 location = Qnil;
2825 value = prop;
2826 }
2827
2828 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2829 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f))
2830 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2831 else
2832 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
2833 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2834 || valid_image_p (value));
2835 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2836 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2837 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2838
2839 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
2840 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
2841 || NILP (location))
2842 && valid_p)
2843 {
2844 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2845
2846 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
2847 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
2848 push_it (it);
2849
2850 if (NILP (location))
2851 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2852 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
2853 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
2854 else
2855 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
2856
2857 if (STRINGP (value))
2858 {
2859 it->string = value;
2860 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2861 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2862 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2863 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars
2864 = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
2865 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2866 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2867 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
2868 }
2869 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2870 {
2871 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
2872 it->object = value;
2873 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
2874 }
2875 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2876 else
2877 {
2878 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
2879 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
2880 it->position = start_pos;
2881 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
2882 it->method = next_element_from_image;
2883
2884 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
2885 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2886 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2887 *position = start_pos;
2888 }
2889 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2890 }
2891 else
2892 /* Invalid property or property not supported. Restore
2893 the position to what it was before. */
2894 *position = start_pos;
2895 }
2896
2897 return space_or_image_found_p;
2898 }
2899
2900
2901 /* Check if PROP is a display sub-property value whose text should be
2902 treated as intangible. */
2903
2904 static int
2905 single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2906 Lisp_Object prop;
2907 {
2908 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
2909 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2910 {
2911 prop = XCDR (prop);
2912 if (!CONSP (prop))
2913 return 0;
2914 prop = XCDR (prop);
2915 }
2916
2917 if (!CONSP (prop))
2918 return 0;
2919
2920 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. If LOCATION is in the margins,
2921 we don't need to treat text as intangible. */
2922 if (EQ (XCAR (prop), Qmargin))
2923 {
2924 prop = XCDR (prop);
2925 if (!CONSP (prop))
2926 return 0;
2927
2928 prop = XCDR (prop);
2929 if (!CONSP (prop)
2930 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qleft_margin)
2931 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qright_margin))
2932 return 0;
2933 }
2934
2935 return CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage);
2936 }
2937
2938
2939 /* Check if PROP is a display property value whose text should be
2940 treated as intangible. */
2941
2942 int
2943 display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2944 Lisp_Object prop;
2945 {
2946 if (CONSP (prop)
2947 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2948 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2949 {
2950 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2951 while (CONSP (prop))
2952 {
2953 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XCAR (prop)))
2954 return 1;
2955 prop = XCDR (prop);
2956 }
2957 }
2958 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2959 {
2960 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
2961 int i;
2962 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2963 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i]))
2964 return 1;
2965 }
2966 else
2967 return single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop);
2968
2969 return 0;
2970 }
2971
2972 \f
2973 /***********************************************************************
2974 `composition' property
2975 ***********************************************************************/
2976
2977 /* Set up iterator IT from `composition' property at its current
2978 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2979
2980 static enum prop_handled
2981 handle_composition_prop (it)
2982 struct it *it;
2983 {
2984 Lisp_Object prop, string;
2985 int pos, pos_byte, end;
2986 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2987
2988 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2989 {
2990 pos = IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
2991 pos_byte = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
2992 string = it->string;
2993 }
2994 else
2995 {
2996 pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2997 pos_byte = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
2998 string = Qnil;
2999 }
3000
3001 /* If there's a valid composition and point is not inside of the
3002 composition (in the case that the composition is from the current
3003 buffer), draw a glyph composed from the composition components. */
3004 if (find_composition (pos, -1, &pos, &end, &prop, string)
3005 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (pos, end, prop)
3006 && (STRINGP (it->string) || (PT <= pos || PT >= end)))
3007 {
3008 int id = get_composition_id (pos, pos_byte, end - pos, prop, string);
3009
3010 if (id >= 0)
3011 {
3012 it->method = next_element_from_composition;
3013 it->cmp_id = id;
3014 it->cmp_len = COMPOSITION_LENGTH (prop);
3015 /* For a terminal, draw only the first character of the
3016 components. */
3017 it->c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (composition_table[id], 0);
3018 it->len = (STRINGP (it->string)
3019 ? string_char_to_byte (it->string, end)
3020 : CHAR_TO_BYTE (end)) - pos_byte;
3021 it->stop_charpos = end;
3022 handled = HANDLED_RETURN;
3023 }
3024 }
3025
3026 return handled;
3027 }
3028
3029
3030 \f
3031 /***********************************************************************
3032 Overlay strings
3033 ***********************************************************************/
3034
3035 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
3036 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
3037
3038 struct overlay_entry
3039 {
3040 Lisp_Object overlay;
3041 Lisp_Object string;
3042 int priority;
3043 int after_string_p;
3044 };
3045
3046
3047 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
3048 Called from handle_stop. */
3049
3050 static enum prop_handled
3051 handle_overlay_change (it)
3052 struct it *it;
3053 {
3054 if (!STRINGP (it->string) && get_overlay_strings (it))
3055 return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
3056 else
3057 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
3058 }
3059
3060
3061 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
3062 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
3063 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
3064 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
3065 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
3066 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
3067
3068 static void
3069 next_overlay_string (it)
3070 struct it *it;
3071 {
3072 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
3073 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
3074 {
3075 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
3076 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
3077 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
3078 pop_it (it);
3079 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
3080 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
3081 it->string = Qnil;
3082 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3083 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
3084 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
3085 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3086
3087 /* If we're at the end of the buffer, record that we have
3088 processed the overlay strings there already, so that
3089 next_element_from_buffer doesn't try it again. */
3090 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3091 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
3092 }
3093 else
3094 {
3095 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
3096 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
3097 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
3098 it. */
3099 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
3100
3101 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
3102 load_overlay_strings (it);
3103
3104 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
3105 string. */
3106 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
3107 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3108 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
3109 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3110 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3111 }
3112
3113 CHECK_IT (it);
3114 }
3115
3116
3117 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
3118 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
3119 strings for the same position are sorted so that
3120
3121 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings, except
3122 when they come from the same overlay.
3123
3124 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
3125 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
3126
3127 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
3128 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
3129
3130 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
3131
3132
3133 static int
3134 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
3135 void *e1, *e2;
3136 {
3137 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
3138 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
3139 int result;
3140
3141 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
3142 {
3143 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings if
3144 they come from different overlays. */
3145 if (EQ (entry1->overlay, entry2->overlay))
3146 result = entry1->after_string_p ? 1 : -1;
3147 else
3148 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
3149 }
3150 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
3151 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
3152 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
3153 else
3154 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
3155 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
3156
3157 return result;
3158 }
3159
3160
3161 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
3162 current buffer position. Set IT->n_overlays to the total number of
3163 overlay strings found.
3164
3165 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
3166 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
3167 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
3168 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
3169 function.
3170
3171 IT->add_overlay_start contains an additional overlay start
3172 position to consider for taking overlay strings from, if non-zero.
3173 This position comes into play when the overlay has an `invisible'
3174 property, and both before and after-strings. When we've skipped to
3175 the end of the overlay, because of its `invisible' property, we
3176 nevertheless want its before-string to appear.
3177 IT->add_overlay_start will contain the overlay start position
3178 in this case.
3179
3180 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
3181 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
3182 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
3183 compare_overlay_entries. */
3184
3185 static void
3186 load_overlay_strings (it)
3187 struct it *it;
3188 {
3189 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
3190 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str, invisible;
3191 int start, end;
3192 int size = 20;
3193 int n = 0, i, j, invis_p;
3194 struct overlay_entry *entries
3195 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
3196 int charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3197
3198 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
3199 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
3200 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
3201 OVERLAY. */
3202 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
3203 do \
3204 { \
3205 Lisp_Object priority; \
3206 \
3207 if (n == size) \
3208 { \
3209 int new_size = 2 * size; \
3210 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
3211 entries = \
3212 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
3213 * sizeof *entries); \
3214 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
3215 size = new_size; \
3216 } \
3217 \
3218 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
3219 entries[n].overlay = (OVERLAY); \
3220 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
3221 entries[n].priority = INTEGERP (priority) ? XINT (priority) : 0; \
3222 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
3223 ++n; \
3224 } \
3225 while (0)
3226
3227 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
3228 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3229 {
3230 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3231 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3232 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3233 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3234
3235 if (end < charpos)
3236 break;
3237
3238 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3239 position. */
3240 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3241 continue;
3242
3243 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3244 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3245 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3246 continue;
3247
3248 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, both before-
3249 and after-strings from this overlay are visible; start and
3250 end position are indistinguishable. */
3251 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3252 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3253
3254 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3255 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3256 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3257 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3258 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3259
3260 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3261 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3262 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3263 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3264 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3265 }
3266
3267 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
3268 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3269 {
3270 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3271 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3272 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3273 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3274
3275 if (start > charpos)
3276 break;
3277
3278 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3279 position. */
3280 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3281 continue;
3282
3283 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3284 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3285 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3286 continue;
3287
3288 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, it has a zero
3289 dimension, and both before- and after-strings apply. */
3290 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3291 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3292
3293 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3294 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3295 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3296 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3297 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3298
3299 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3300 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3301 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3302 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3303 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3304 }
3305
3306 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
3307
3308 /* Sort entries. */
3309 if (n > 1)
3310 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
3311
3312 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
3313 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
3314
3315 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
3316 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
3317 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
3318 i = 0;
3319 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
3320 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
3321 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
3322
3323 CHECK_IT (it);
3324 }
3325
3326
3327 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
3328 position. Value is non-zero if at least one overlay string was
3329 found. */
3330
3331 static int
3332 get_overlay_strings (it)
3333 struct it *it;
3334 {
3335 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
3336 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
3337 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
3338 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
3339 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
3340 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
3341 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
3342 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
3343 load_overlay_strings (it);
3344
3345 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
3346 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
3347 from current_buffer. */
3348 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
3349 {
3350 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
3351 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
3352 strings. */
3353 compute_stop_pos (it);
3354 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3355
3356 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
3357 strings have been processed. */
3358 xassert (it->sp == 0);
3359 push_it (it);
3360
3361 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
3362 string. */
3363 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
3364 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3365 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
3366 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3367 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3368 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3369 }
3370 else
3371 {
3372 it->string = Qnil;
3373 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3374 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3375 }
3376
3377 CHECK_IT (it);
3378
3379 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
3380 return STRINGP (it->string);
3381 }
3382
3383
3384 \f
3385 /***********************************************************************
3386 Saving and restoring state
3387 ***********************************************************************/
3388
3389 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
3390 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
3391 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
3392 processed. */
3393
3394 static void
3395 push_it (it)
3396 struct it *it;
3397 {
3398 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3399
3400 xassert (it->sp < 2);
3401 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3402
3403 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
3404 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3405 p->face_id = it->face_id;
3406 p->string = it->string;
3407 p->pos = it->current;
3408 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
3409 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
3410 p->area = it->area;
3411 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
3412 p->space_width = it->space_width;
3413 p->font_height = it->font_height;
3414 p->voffset = it->voffset;
3415 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
3416 ++it->sp;
3417 }
3418
3419
3420 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
3421 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
3422 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
3423 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
3424 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
3425
3426 static void
3427 pop_it (it)
3428 struct it *it;
3429 {
3430 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3431
3432 xassert (it->sp > 0);
3433 --it->sp;
3434 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3435 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
3436 it->face_id = p->face_id;
3437 it->string = p->string;
3438 it->current = p->pos;
3439 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
3440 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
3441 it->area = p->area;
3442 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
3443 it->space_width = p->space_width;
3444 it->font_height = p->font_height;
3445 it->voffset = p->voffset;
3446 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
3447 }
3448
3449
3450 \f
3451 /***********************************************************************
3452 Moving over lines
3453 ***********************************************************************/
3454
3455 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
3456
3457 static void
3458 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
3459 struct it *it;
3460 {
3461 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
3462 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3463 }
3464
3465
3466 /* Move IT to the next line start.
3467
3468 Value is non-zero if a newline was found. Set *SKIPPED_P to 1 if
3469 we skipped over part of the text (as opposed to moving the iterator
3470 continuously over the text). Otherwise, don't change the value
3471 of *SKIPPED_P.
3472
3473 Newlines may come from buffer text, overlay strings, or strings
3474 displayed via the `display' property. That's the reason we can't
3475 simply use find_next_newline_no_quit.
3476
3477 Note that this function may not skip over invisible text that is so
3478 because of text properties and immediately follows a newline. If
3479 it would, function reseat_at_next_visible_line_start, when called
3480 from set_iterator_to_next, would effectively make invisible
3481 characters following a newline part of the wrong glyph row, which
3482 leads to wrong cursor motion. */
3483
3484 static int
3485 forward_to_next_line_start (it, skipped_p)
3486 struct it *it;
3487 int *skipped_p;
3488 {
3489 int old_selective, newline_found_p, n;
3490 const int MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE = 500;
3491
3492 /* If already on a newline, just consume it to avoid unintended
3493 skipping over invisible text below. */
3494 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n')
3495 {
3496 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3497 it->c = 0;
3498 return 1;
3499 }
3500
3501 /* Don't handle selective display in the following. It's (a)
3502 unnecessary because it's done by the caller, and (b) leads to an
3503 infinite recursion because next_element_from_ellipsis indirectly
3504 calls this function. */
3505 old_selective = it->selective;
3506 it->selective = 0;
3507
3508 /* Scan for a newline within MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE display elements
3509 from buffer text. */
3510 n = newline_found_p = 0;
3511 while (n < MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE
3512 && get_next_display_element (it)
3513 && !newline_found_p)
3514 {
3515 newline_found_p = it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n';
3516 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3517 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
3518 ++n;
3519 }
3520
3521 /* If we didn't find a newline near enough, see if we can use a
3522 short-cut. */
3523 if (!newline_found_p && n == MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE)
3524 {
3525 int start = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3526 int limit = find_next_newline_no_quit (start, 1);
3527 Lisp_Object pos;
3528
3529 xassert (!STRINGP (it->string));
3530
3531 /* If there isn't any `display' property in sight, and no
3532 overlays, we can just use the position of the newline in
3533 buffer text. */
3534 if (it->stop_charpos >= limit
3535 || ((pos = Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start),
3536 Qdisplay,
3537 Qnil, make_number (limit)),
3538 NILP (pos))
3539 && next_overlay_change (start) == ZV))
3540 {
3541 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = limit;
3542 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
3543 *skipped_p = newline_found_p = 1;
3544 }
3545 else
3546 {
3547 while (get_next_display_element (it)
3548 && !newline_found_p)
3549 {
3550 newline_found_p = ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it);
3551 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3552 }
3553 }
3554 }
3555
3556 it->selective = old_selective;
3557 xassert (!newline_found_p || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3558 return newline_found_p;
3559 }
3560
3561
3562 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
3563 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3564 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
3565 IT->hpos. */
3566
3567 static void
3568 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3569 struct it *it;
3570 {
3571 int visible_p = 0;
3572
3573 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
3574 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3575 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3576
3577 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
3578 or text properties. */
3579 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
3580 && !visible_p)
3581 {
3582 visible_p = 1;
3583
3584 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
3585 are invisible. */
3586 if (it->selective > 0
3587 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3588 it->selective))
3589 visible_p = 0;
3590 else
3591 {
3592 Lisp_Object prop;
3593
3594 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
3595 Qinvisible, it->window);
3596 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
3597 visible_p = 0;
3598 }
3599
3600 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
3601 if (!visible_p)
3602 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3603 }
3604
3605 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
3606 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
3607 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3608 CHECK_IT (it);
3609 }
3610
3611
3612 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3613 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3614 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3615 face information etc. */
3616
3617 static void
3618 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3619 struct it *it;
3620 {
3621 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
3622 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
3623 CHECK_IT (it);
3624 }
3625
3626
3627 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3628 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3629 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3630 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3631 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3632 is invisible because of text properties. */
3633
3634 static void
3635 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
3636 struct it *it;
3637 int on_newline_p;
3638 {
3639 int newline_found_p, skipped_p = 0;
3640
3641 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3642
3643 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3644 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3645 if (it->selective > 0)
3646 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
3647 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3648 it->selective))
3649 {
3650 xassert (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3651 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3652 }
3653
3654 /* Position on the newline if that's what's requested. */
3655 if (on_newline_p && newline_found_p)
3656 {
3657 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3658 {
3659 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
3660 {
3661 --IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
3662 --IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
3663 }
3664 }
3665 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3666 {
3667 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3668 --IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3669 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3670 }
3671 }
3672 else if (skipped_p)
3673 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3674
3675 CHECK_IT (it);
3676 }
3677
3678
3679 \f
3680 /***********************************************************************
3681 Changing an iterator's position
3682 ***********************************************************************/
3683
3684 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
3685 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
3686 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
3687 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
3688
3689 static void
3690 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
3691 struct it *it;
3692 struct text_pos pos;
3693 int force_p;
3694 {
3695 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3696
3697 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
3698
3699 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
3700 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
3701 if (force_p
3702 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
3703 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
3704 handle_stop (it);
3705
3706 CHECK_IT (it);
3707 }
3708
3709
3710 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
3711 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
3712
3713 static void
3714 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
3715 struct it *it;
3716 struct text_pos pos;
3717 int set_stop_p;
3718 {
3719 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
3720 xassert (it->s == NULL);
3721
3722 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
3723 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
3724
3725 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
3726 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
3727 it->dpvec = NULL;
3728 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3729 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3730 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
3731 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3732 it->string = Qnil;
3733 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3734 it->sp = 0;
3735 it->face_before_selective_p = 0;
3736
3737 if (set_stop_p)
3738 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
3739 }
3740
3741
3742 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
3743 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
3744 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
3745
3746 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
3747 characters from the string.
3748
3749 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3750 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
3751 field width.
3752
3753 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
3754 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
3755 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
3756
3757 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
3758 calling this function. */
3759
3760 static void
3761 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
3762 struct it *it;
3763 unsigned char *s;
3764 Lisp_Object string;
3765 int charpos;
3766 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
3767 {
3768 /* No region in strings. */
3769 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
3770
3771 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
3772 it->stop_charpos = -1;
3773
3774 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
3775 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
3776 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3777 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3778 xassert (charpos >= 0);
3779
3780 /* Use the setting of MULTIBYTE if specified. */
3781 if (multibyte >= 0)
3782 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
3783
3784 if (s == NULL)
3785 {
3786 xassert (STRINGP (string));
3787 it->string = string;
3788 it->s = NULL;
3789 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = XSTRING (string)->size;
3790 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3791 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
3792 }
3793 else
3794 {
3795 it->s = s;
3796 it->string = Qnil;
3797
3798 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
3799 for displaying C strings. */
3800 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3801 if (it->multibyte_p)
3802 {
3803 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
3804 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
3805 }
3806 else
3807 {
3808 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
3809 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
3810 }
3811
3812 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3813 }
3814
3815 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
3816 from the string. */
3817 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
3818 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
3819
3820 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3821 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
3822 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
3823 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
3824 if (field_width < 0)
3825 field_width = INFINITY;
3826 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
3827 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
3828
3829 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
3830 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
3831 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
3832
3833 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
3834 CHECK_IT (it);
3835 }
3836
3837
3838 \f
3839 /***********************************************************************
3840 Iteration
3841 ***********************************************************************/
3842
3843 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3844 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
3845 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
3846
3847 int
3848 get_next_display_element (it)
3849 struct it *it;
3850 {
3851 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
3852 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
3853 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
3854 using a sequence of if-statements. */
3855 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
3856
3857 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
3858 {
3859 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
3860 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
3861 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
3862 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
3863 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
3864 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
3865 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
3866 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
3867 it? */
3868 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
3869 {
3870 Lisp_Object dv;
3871
3872 if (it->dp
3873 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
3874 VECTORP (dv)))
3875 {
3876 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
3877
3878 /* Return the first character from the display table
3879 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
3880 current character. */
3881 if (v->size)
3882 {
3883 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3884 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3885 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3886 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3887 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3888 }
3889
3890 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3891 }
3892
3893 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
3894 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
3895 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
3896 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
3897 don't believe that it is worth doing.
3898
3899 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
3900 octal form. */
3901 else if ((it->c < ' '
3902 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
3903 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
3904 || (it->c >= 127
3905 && it->len == 1)
3906 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
3907 {
3908 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
3909 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
3910 can be defined in the display table. Fill
3911 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
3912 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
3913 GLYPH g;
3914
3915 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
3916 {
3917 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
3918 if (it->dp
3919 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
3920 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3921 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
3922 else
3923 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
3924 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
3925
3926 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
3927 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
3928
3929 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
3930 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3931 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3932 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
3933 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3934 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3935 get_next_display_element (it);
3936 }
3937 else
3938 {
3939 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
3940 int len;
3941 int i;
3942 GLYPH escape_glyph;
3943
3944 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
3945 if (it->dp
3946 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
3947 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3948 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
3949 else
3950 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
3951
3952 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
3953 str[0] = it->c, len = 1;
3954 else
3955 len = CHAR_STRING (it->c, str);
3956
3957 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3958 {
3959 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
3960 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
3961 the octal display of the character. */
3962 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
3963 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
3964 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
3965 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
3966 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
3967 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
3968 }
3969
3970 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
3971 from it. */
3972 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3973 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3974 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
3975 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3976 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3977 get_next_display_element (it);
3978 }
3979 }
3980 }
3981
3982 /* Adjust face id for a multibyte character. There are no
3983 multibyte character in unibyte text. */
3984 if (it->multibyte_p
3985 && success_p
3986 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
3987 {
3988 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
3989 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->c);
3990 }
3991 }
3992
3993 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
3994 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
3995 if (it->face_box_p
3996 && it->s == NULL)
3997 {
3998 int face_id;
3999 struct face *face;
4000
4001 it->end_of_box_run_p
4002 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
4003 face_id != it->face_id)
4004 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
4005 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
4006 }
4007
4008 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
4009 return success_p;
4010 }
4011
4012
4013 /* Move IT to the next display element.
4014
4015 RESEAT_P non-zero means if called on a newline in buffer text,
4016 skip to the next visible line start.
4017
4018 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
4019 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
4020 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
4021 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
4022 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
4023 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
4024 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
4025 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
4026 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
4027
4028 void
4029 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p)
4030 struct it *it;
4031 int reseat_p;
4032 {
4033 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of characters
4034 with box. Reset them at the start of this function because
4035 moving the iterator to a new position might set them. */
4036 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
4037
4038 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
4039 {
4040 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
4041 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
4042 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
4043 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it) && reseat_p)
4044 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4045 else
4046 {
4047 xassert (it->len != 0);
4048 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4049 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4050 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4051 }
4052 }
4053 else if (it->method == next_element_from_composition)
4054 {
4055 xassert (it->cmp_id >= 0 && it ->cmp_id < n_compositions);
4056 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4057 {
4058 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4059 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4060 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4061 goto consider_string_end;
4062 }
4063 else
4064 {
4065 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4066 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4067 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4068 }
4069 }
4070 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
4071 {
4072 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
4073 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4074 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4075 }
4076 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
4077 {
4078 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
4079 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
4080 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
4081 strings. */
4082 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
4083
4084 /* Restore face of the iterator to what they were before the
4085 display vector entry (these entries may contain faces). */
4086 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
4087
4088 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
4089 {
4090 if (it->s)
4091 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
4092 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
4093 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4094 else
4095 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4096
4097 it->dpvec = NULL;
4098 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4099
4100 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
4101 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
4102 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4103 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
4104 {
4105 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
4106 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p);
4107 }
4108 }
4109 }
4110 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
4111 {
4112 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
4113 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
4114 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4115 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4116
4117 consider_string_end:
4118
4119 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4120 {
4121 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
4122 next, if there is one. */
4123 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4124 next_overlay_string (it);
4125 }
4126 else
4127 {
4128 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
4129 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
4130 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
4131 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
4132 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == XSTRING (it->string)->size
4133 && it->sp > 0)
4134 {
4135 pop_it (it);
4136 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
4137 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4138 }
4139 }
4140 }
4141 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
4142 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
4143 {
4144 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
4145 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
4146 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
4147 pop_it (it);
4148 it->image_id = 0;
4149 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4150 {
4151 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4152 goto consider_string_end;
4153 }
4154 else
4155 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4156 }
4157 else
4158 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
4159 abort ();
4160
4161 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
4162 || (STRINGP (it->string)
4163 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
4164 }
4165
4166
4167 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
4168 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
4169 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
4170 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
4171
4172 static int
4173 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
4174 struct it *it;
4175 {
4176 /* Precondition. */
4177 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
4178
4179 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
4180 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
4181 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4182
4183 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
4184 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
4185 {
4186 int lface_id;
4187 GLYPH g;
4188
4189 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
4190 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
4191 it->len = CHAR_BYTES (it->c);
4192
4193 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
4194 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
4195 zero means no face is specified. */
4196 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
4197 if (lface_id)
4198 {
4199 /* The function returns -1 if lface_id is invalid. */
4200 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
4201 if (face_id >= 0)
4202 it->face_id = face_id;
4203 }
4204 }
4205 else
4206 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
4207 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4208
4209 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
4210 still the values of the character that had this display table
4211 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
4212 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4213 return 1;
4214 }
4215
4216
4217 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
4218 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
4219 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
4220 overlay string. */
4221
4222 static int
4223 next_element_from_string (it)
4224 struct it *it;
4225 {
4226 struct text_pos position;
4227
4228 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
4229 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
4230 position = it->current.string_pos;
4231
4232 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
4233 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
4234 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
4235 {
4236 handle_stop (it);
4237
4238 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
4239 recurse here. */
4240 return get_next_display_element (it);
4241 }
4242
4243 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4244 {
4245 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
4246 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
4247 do. */
4248 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4249 {
4250 it->what = IT_EOB;
4251 return 0;
4252 }
4253 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4254 {
4255 int remaining = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4256 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4257 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4258 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4259 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
4260 }
4261 else
4262 {
4263 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4264 it->len = 1;
4265 }
4266 }
4267 else
4268 {
4269 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
4270 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
4271 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
4272 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
4273 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4274 {
4275 it->what = IT_EOB;
4276 return 0;
4277 }
4278 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4279 {
4280 /* Pad with spaces. */
4281 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4282 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
4283 }
4284 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4285 {
4286 int maxlen = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4287 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4288 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4289 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4290 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
4291 }
4292 else
4293 {
4294 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4295 it->len = 1;
4296 }
4297 }
4298
4299 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
4300 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
4301 string position. */
4302 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4303 it->object = it->string;
4304 it->position = position;
4305 return 1;
4306 }
4307
4308
4309 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
4310 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
4311 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
4312 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
4313 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
4314 reached, including padding spaces. */
4315
4316 static int
4317 next_element_from_c_string (it)
4318 struct it *it;
4319 {
4320 int success_p = 1;
4321
4322 xassert (it->s);
4323 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4324 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
4325 it->object = Qnil;
4326
4327 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
4328 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
4329 initialized. */
4330 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4331 {
4332 /* End of the game. */
4333 it->what = IT_EOB;
4334 success_p = 0;
4335 }
4336 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4337 {
4338 /* Pad with spaces. */
4339 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4340 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
4341 }
4342 else if (it->multibyte_p)
4343 {
4344 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
4345 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
4346 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
4347 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4348 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
4349 maxlen, &it->len);
4350 }
4351 else
4352 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
4353
4354 return success_p;
4355 }
4356
4357
4358 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
4359 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
4360 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
4361 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
4362
4363 static int
4364 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
4365 struct it *it;
4366 {
4367 if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
4368 {
4369 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
4370 {
4371 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
4372 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
4373 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
4374 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4375 it->dpvec = v->contents;
4376 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
4377 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4378 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4379 }
4380 else
4381 {
4382 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
4383 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4384 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
4385 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
4386 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4387 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4388 }
4389 }
4390 else
4391 {
4392 /* The face at the current position may be different from the
4393 face we find after the invisible text. Remember what it
4394 was in IT->saved_face_id, and signal that it's there by
4395 setting face_before_selective_p. */
4396 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4397 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4398 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4399 it->face_before_selective_p = 1;
4400 }
4401
4402 return get_next_display_element (it);
4403 }
4404
4405
4406 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
4407 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
4408 is always 1. */
4409
4410
4411 static int
4412 next_element_from_image (it)
4413 struct it *it;
4414 {
4415 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
4416 return 1;
4417 }
4418
4419
4420 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
4421 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
4422 always 1. */
4423
4424 static int
4425 next_element_from_stretch (it)
4426 struct it *it;
4427 {
4428 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
4429 return 1;
4430 }
4431
4432
4433 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
4434 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
4435 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
4436 end. */
4437
4438 static int
4439 next_element_from_buffer (it)
4440 struct it *it;
4441 {
4442 int success_p = 1;
4443
4444 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
4445 if-statement, below. */
4446 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
4447 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
4448
4449 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
4450 {
4451 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4452 {
4453 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
4454
4455 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
4456 haven't been returned yet. */
4457 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
4458 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
4459 else
4460 {
4461 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
4462 overlay_strings_follow_p = get_overlay_strings (it);
4463 }
4464
4465 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
4466 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4467 else
4468 {
4469 it->what = IT_EOB;
4470 it->position = it->current.pos;
4471 success_p = 0;
4472 }
4473 }
4474 else
4475 {
4476 handle_stop (it);
4477 return get_next_display_element (it);
4478 }
4479 }
4480 else
4481 {
4482 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
4483 character from current_buffer. */
4484 unsigned char *p;
4485
4486 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
4487 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
4488 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
4489 && it->glyph_row
4490 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
4491 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
4492
4493 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
4494 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4495 if (it->multibyte_p && !ASCII_BYTE_P (*p))
4496 {
4497 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
4498 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4499 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
4500 }
4501 else
4502 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
4503
4504 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
4505 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
4506 it->object = it->w->buffer;
4507 it->position = it->current.pos;
4508
4509 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
4510 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
4511 if (it->selective)
4512 {
4513 if (it->c == '\n')
4514 {
4515 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
4516 than that number of columns. */
4517 if (it->selective > 0
4518 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
4519 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
4520 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
4521 it->selective))
4522 {
4523 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4524 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4525 }
4526 }
4527 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
4528 {
4529 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
4530 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
4531 ellipsis displayed for it. */
4532 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4533 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4534 }
4535 }
4536 }
4537
4538 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
4539 xassert (!success_p || it->what != IT_CHARACTER || it->len > 0);
4540 return success_p;
4541 }
4542
4543
4544 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
4545
4546 static void
4547 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
4548 struct it *it;
4549 {
4550 Lisp_Object args[3];
4551
4552 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
4553 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
4554 xassert (it->glyph_row);
4555
4556 /* Set up hook arguments. */
4557 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
4558 args[1] = it->window;
4559 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
4560 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
4561
4562 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
4563 them again, even if they get an error. */
4564 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
4565 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
4566
4567 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
4568 handle_face_prop (it);
4569 }
4570
4571
4572 /* Deliver a composition display element. The iterator IT is already
4573 filled with composition information (done in
4574 handle_composition_prop). Value is always 1. */
4575
4576 static int
4577 next_element_from_composition (it)
4578 struct it *it;
4579 {
4580 it->what = IT_COMPOSITION;
4581 it->position = (STRINGP (it->string)
4582 ? it->current.string_pos
4583 : it->current.pos);
4584 return 1;
4585 }
4586
4587
4588 \f
4589 /***********************************************************************
4590 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
4591 ***********************************************************************/
4592
4593 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
4594 line on the display without producing glyphs.
4595
4596 Begin to skip at IT's current position. Skip to TO_CHARPOS or TO_X
4597 whichever is reached first.
4598
4599 TO_CHARPOS <= 0 means no TO_CHARPOS is specified.
4600
4601 TO_X < 0 means that no TO_X is specified. TO_X is normally a value
4602 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x. This means in particular, that
4603 TO_X includes the amount by which a window is horizontally
4604 scrolled.
4605
4606 Value is
4607
4608 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
4609 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
4610
4611 MOVE_X_REACHED
4612 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
4613
4614 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
4615 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
4616 be continued.
4617
4618 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
4619 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
4620 truncated.
4621
4622 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
4623 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
4624 display is on. */
4625
4626 static enum move_it_result
4627 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
4628 struct it *it;
4629 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
4630 {
4631 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
4632 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
4633
4634 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
4635 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
4636 it->glyph_row = NULL;
4637
4638 while (1)
4639 {
4640 int x, i, ascent = 0, descent = 0;
4641
4642 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
4643 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
4644 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4645 && BUFFERP (it->object)
4646 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
4647 {
4648 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
4649 break;
4650 }
4651
4652 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
4653 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
4654 x-position before this display element in case it does not
4655 fit on the line. */
4656 x = it->current_x;
4657
4658 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
4659 fit on the line. */
4660 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
4661 {
4662 ascent = it->max_ascent;
4663 descent = it->max_descent;
4664 }
4665
4666 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
4667
4668 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
4669 {
4670 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4671 continue;
4672 }
4673
4674 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
4675 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
4676 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
4677 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
4678 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
4679 composite character.
4680
4681 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
4682 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
4683 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
4684 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
4685 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
4686 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
4687 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
4688 next line.
4689
4690 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
4691 the same width. */
4692 if (it->nglyphs)
4693 {
4694 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
4695 glyphs have the same width. */
4696 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
4697 int new_x;
4698
4699 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
4700 {
4701 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
4702
4703 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
4704 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
4705 {
4706 it->current_x = x;
4707 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4708 break;
4709 }
4710 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
4711 !it->truncate_lines_p
4712 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
4713 new_x > it->last_visible_x
4714 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
4715 system frame. */
4716 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4717 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
4718 {
4719 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
4720 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
4721 it->hpos == 0
4722 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4723 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
4724 {
4725 ++it->hpos;
4726 it->current_x = new_x;
4727 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
4728 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4729 }
4730 else
4731 {
4732 it->current_x = x;
4733 it->max_ascent = ascent;
4734 it->max_descent = descent;
4735 }
4736
4737 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_in: continued at %d\n",
4738 IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4739 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
4740 break;
4741 }
4742 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
4743 {
4744 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
4745 would be displayed. */
4746 ++it->hpos;
4747 }
4748 else
4749 {
4750 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
4751 area. Nothing to do. */
4752 }
4753 }
4754
4755 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
4756 break;
4757 }
4758 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
4759 {
4760 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
4761 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
4762 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
4763 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
4764 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
4765 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4766 break;
4767 }
4768
4769 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
4770 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
4771 {
4772 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
4773 break;
4774 }
4775
4776 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
4777 to the next. */
4778 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4779
4780 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
4781 past the right edge of the window now. */
4782 if (it->truncate_lines_p
4783 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
4784 {
4785 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
4786 break;
4787 }
4788 }
4789
4790 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
4791 function. */
4792 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
4793 return result;
4794 }
4795
4796
4797 /* Move IT forward to a specified buffer position TO_CHARPOS, TO_X,
4798 TO_Y, TO_VPOS. OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop. See
4799 the description of enum move_operation_enum.
4800
4801 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
4802 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
4803 TO_CHARPOS. */
4804
4805 void
4806 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
4807 struct it *it;
4808 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
4809 int op;
4810 {
4811 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4812 int line_height;
4813 int reached = 0;
4814
4815 for (;;)
4816 {
4817 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
4818 {
4819 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
4820 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
4821 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
4822 {
4823 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4824 {
4825 reached = 1;
4826 break;
4827 }
4828 else
4829 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
4830 }
4831 else
4832 {
4833 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
4834 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
4835 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4836 {
4837 reached = 2;
4838 break;
4839 }
4840
4841 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
4842
4843 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
4844 {
4845 reached = 3;
4846 break;
4847 }
4848 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
4849 {
4850 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
4851 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4852 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4853 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4854 {
4855 reached = 4;
4856 break;
4857 }
4858 }
4859 }
4860 }
4861 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
4862 {
4863 struct it it_backup;
4864
4865 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
4866 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
4867 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
4868 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
4869 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
4870 TO_X.
4871
4872 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
4873 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
4874 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
4875 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
4876 to happen. */
4877 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4878 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
4879 ? to_x : 0),
4880 (MOVE_TO_X
4881 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
4882
4883 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
4884 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4885 {
4886 reached = 5;
4887 break;
4888 }
4889
4890 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
4891 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
4892 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
4893 the line. */
4894 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4895 {
4896 it_backup = *it;
4897 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: from %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4898 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
4899 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
4900 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4901 }
4902
4903 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
4904 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4905 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height));
4906
4907 if (to_y >= it->current_y
4908 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
4909 {
4910 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4911 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
4912 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
4913 to the ones before skipping. */
4914 *it = it_backup;
4915 reached = 6;
4916 }
4917 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4918 {
4919 skip = skip2;
4920 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4921 reached = 7;
4922 }
4923
4924 if (reached)
4925 break;
4926 }
4927 else
4928 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4929
4930 switch (skip)
4931 {
4932 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
4933 reached = 8;
4934 goto out;
4935
4936 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
4937 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4938 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4939 break;
4940
4941 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
4942 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4943 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4944 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4945 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
4946 {
4947 reached = 9;
4948 goto out;
4949 }
4950 break;
4951
4952 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
4953 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
4954 break;
4955
4956 default:
4957 abort ();
4958 }
4959
4960 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
4961 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
4962 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4963 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4964 ++it->vpos;
4965 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4966 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
4967 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
4968 }
4969
4970 out:
4971
4972 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_to: reached %d\n", reached));
4973 }
4974
4975
4976 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
4977
4978 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
4979 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
4980 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
4981 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
4982 set to the top of the line moved to. */
4983
4984 void
4985 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
4986 struct it *it;
4987 int dy;
4988 {
4989 int nlines, h, line_height;
4990 struct it it2;
4991 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4992
4993 xassert (dy >= 0);
4994
4995 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
4996 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
4997
4998 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
4999 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5000 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5001
5002 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
5003 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
5004 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
5005 use reseat_1 here. */
5006 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5007
5008 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
5009 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5010
5011 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
5012 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
5013 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
5014 y-distance. */
5015 it2 = *it;
5016 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
5017 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
5018 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5019 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5020 line_height = it2.max_ascent + it2.max_descent;
5021
5022 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5023 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5024 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
5025 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
5026
5027 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
5028 it->vpos -= nlines;
5029 it->current_y -= h;
5030
5031 if (dy == 0)
5032 {
5033 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
5034 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
5035 if (nlines > 0)
5036 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
5037 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
5038 }
5039 else if (nlines)
5040 {
5041 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
5042 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
5043 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
5044
5045 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
5046 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
5047 if (target_y < it->current_y
5048 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5049 {
5050 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
5051 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5052 }
5053 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
5054 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
5055 {
5056 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
5057 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5058 }
5059 }
5060 }
5061
5062
5063 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
5064 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
5065 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
5066
5067 void
5068 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
5069 struct it *it;
5070 int dy;
5071 {
5072 if (dy <= 0)
5073 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
5074 else if (dy > 0)
5075 {
5076 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: from %d, %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it), dy));
5077 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
5078 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
5079 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5080
5081 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
5082 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
5083 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
5084 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
5085 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
5086 }
5087 }
5088
5089
5090 /* Move iterator IT past the end of the text line it is in. */
5091
5092 void
5093 move_it_past_eol (it)
5094 struct it *it;
5095 {
5096 enum move_it_result rc;
5097
5098 rc = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, Z, 0, MOVE_TO_POS);
5099 if (rc == MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR)
5100 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
5101 }
5102
5103
5104 #if 0 /* Currently not used. */
5105
5106 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
5107 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
5108 property lookup. */
5109
5110 static int
5111 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
5112 struct it *it;
5113 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
5114 {
5115 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
5116 int invisible_found_p;
5117
5118 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
5119
5120 /* Is text at START invisible? */
5121 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
5122 it->window);
5123 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
5124 invisible_found_p = 1;
5125 else
5126 {
5127 limit = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
5128 Qinvisible, Qnil,
5129 make_number (end_charpos));
5130 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
5131 }
5132
5133 return invisible_found_p;
5134 }
5135
5136 #endif /* 0 */
5137
5138
5139 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
5140 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
5141 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
5142 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
5143
5144 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
5145 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
5146 truncate-lines nil. */
5147
5148 void
5149 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
5150 struct it *it;
5151 int dvpos, need_y_p;
5152 {
5153 struct position pos;
5154
5155 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
5156 {
5157 struct text_pos textpos;
5158
5159 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
5160 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
5161 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
5162 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
5163 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
5164 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
5165 }
5166 else if (dvpos == 0)
5167 {
5168 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
5169 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
5170 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
5171 }
5172 else if (dvpos > 0)
5173 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5174 else
5175 {
5176 struct it it2;
5177 int start_charpos, i;
5178
5179 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
5180 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5181 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
5182 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5183 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5184 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5185
5186 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
5187 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
5188 it2 = *it;
5189 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
5190 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5191 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
5192 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
5193 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5194
5195 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
5196 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
5197 {
5198 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
5199 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5200 }
5201 }
5202 }
5203
5204
5205 \f
5206 /***********************************************************************
5207 Messages
5208 ***********************************************************************/
5209
5210
5211 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
5212 to *Messages*. */
5213
5214 void
5215 add_to_log (format, arg1, arg2)
5216 char *format;
5217 Lisp_Object arg1, arg2;
5218 {
5219 Lisp_Object args[3];
5220 Lisp_Object msg, fmt;
5221 char *buffer;
5222 int len;
5223 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5224
5225 fmt = msg = Qnil;
5226 GCPRO4 (fmt, msg, arg1, arg2);
5227
5228 args[0] = fmt = build_string (format);
5229 args[1] = arg1;
5230 args[2] = arg2;
5231 msg = Fformat (3, args);
5232
5233 len = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)) + 1;
5234 buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
5235 strcpy (buffer, XSTRING (msg)->data);
5236
5237 message_dolog (buffer, len - 1, 1, 0);
5238 UNGCPRO;
5239 }
5240
5241
5242 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
5243
5244 void
5245 message_log_maybe_newline ()
5246 {
5247 if (message_log_need_newline)
5248 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
5249 }
5250
5251
5252 /* Add a string M of length LEN to the message log, optionally
5253 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
5254 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
5255 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
5256 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
5257
5258 void
5259 message_dolog (m, len, nlflag, multibyte)
5260 char *m;
5261 int len, nlflag, multibyte;
5262 {
5263 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
5264 {
5265 struct buffer *oldbuf;
5266 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
5267 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
5268 int point_at_end = 0;
5269 int zv_at_end = 0;
5270 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
5271 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5272
5273 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
5274 oldbuf = current_buffer;
5275 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (Vmessages_buffer_name));
5276 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5277
5278 oldpoint = Fpoint_marker ();
5279 oldbegv = Fpoint_min_marker ();
5280 oldzv = Fpoint_max_marker ();
5281 GCPRO4 (oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv, old_deactivate_mark);
5282
5283 if (PT == Z)
5284 point_at_end = 1;
5285 if (ZV == Z)
5286 zv_at_end = 1;
5287
5288 BEGV = BEG;
5289 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
5290 ZV = Z;
5291 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5292 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5293
5294 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
5295 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
5296 if (multibyte
5297 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5298 {
5299 int i, c, nbytes;
5300 unsigned char work[1];
5301
5302 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
5303 for the *Message* buffer. */
5304 for (i = 0; i < len; i += nbytes)
5305 {
5306 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, len - i, &nbytes);
5307 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5308 ? c
5309 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5310 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5311 }
5312 }
5313 else if (! multibyte
5314 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5315 {
5316 int i, c, nbytes;
5317 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
5318 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
5319 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
5320 for the *Message* buffer. */
5321 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5322 {
5323 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5324 nbytes = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
5325 insert_1_both (str, 1, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5326 }
5327 }
5328 else if (len)
5329 insert_1 (m, len, 1, 0, 0);
5330
5331 if (nlflag)
5332 {
5333 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
5334 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
5335
5336 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5337 this_bol = PT;
5338 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5339
5340 if (this_bol > BEG)
5341 {
5342 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5343 prev_bol = PT;
5344 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5345
5346 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5347 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
5348 if (dup)
5349 {
5350 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5351 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
5352 if (dup > 1)
5353 {
5354 char dupstr[40];
5355 int duplen;
5356
5357 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
5358 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
5359 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
5360 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
5361 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
5362 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
5363 }
5364 }
5365 }
5366
5367 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
5368 {
5369 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
5370 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
5371 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
5372 }
5373 }
5374 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
5375 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
5376
5377 if (zv_at_end)
5378 {
5379 ZV = Z;
5380 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5381 }
5382 else
5383 {
5384 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
5385 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
5386 }
5387
5388 if (point_at_end)
5389 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5390 else
5391 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
5392 Lisp code. */
5393 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
5394 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
5395
5396 UNGCPRO;
5397 free_marker (oldpoint);
5398 free_marker (oldbegv);
5399 free_marker (oldzv);
5400
5401 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
5402 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
5403 if (NILP (tem))
5404 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
5405 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
5406 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
5407 }
5408 }
5409
5410
5411 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
5412 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
5413 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
5414 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
5415 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
5416
5417 static int
5418 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
5419 int prev_bol, this_bol;
5420 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
5421 {
5422 int i;
5423 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
5424 int seen_dots = 0;
5425 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
5426 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
5427
5428 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5429 {
5430 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.')
5431 seen_dots = 1;
5432 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
5433 return seen_dots;
5434 }
5435 p1 += len;
5436 if (*p1 == '\n')
5437 return 2;
5438 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
5439 {
5440 int n = 0;
5441 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
5442 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
5443 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
5444 return n+1;
5445 }
5446 return 0;
5447 }
5448
5449
5450 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of LEN
5451 chars. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
5452 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
5453
5454 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5455 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
5456 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
5457 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
5458
5459 void
5460 message2 (m, len, multibyte)
5461 char *m;
5462 int len;
5463 int multibyte;
5464 {
5465 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5466 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5467 if (m)
5468 message_dolog (m, len, 1, multibyte);
5469 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte);
5470 }
5471
5472
5473 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
5474
5475 void
5476 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte)
5477 char *m;
5478 int len;
5479 {
5480 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5481 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5482
5483 if (noninteractive)
5484 {
5485 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5486 putc ('\n', stderr);
5487 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5488 if (m)
5489 fwrite (m, len, 1, stderr);
5490 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5491 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5492 fflush (stderr);
5493 }
5494 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5495 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5496 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5497 else if (INTERACTIVE
5498 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5499 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5500 {
5501 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5502 struct frame *f;
5503
5504 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5505 that the selected frame is using. */
5506 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5507 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5508
5509 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5510 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5511 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5512 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5513
5514 if (m)
5515 {
5516 set_message (m, Qnil, len, multibyte);
5517 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5518 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5519 }
5520 else
5521 clear_message (1, 1);
5522
5523 do_pending_window_change (0);
5524 echo_area_display (1);
5525 do_pending_window_change (0);
5526 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5527 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5528 }
5529 }
5530
5531
5532 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5533 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
5534 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
5535 text show through. */
5536
5537 void
5538 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5539 Lisp_Object m;
5540 int nbytes;
5541 int multibyte;
5542 {
5543 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5544
5545 GCPRO1 (m);
5546
5547 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5548 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5549 if (STRINGP (m))
5550 message_dolog (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5551 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5552
5553 UNGCPRO;
5554 }
5555
5556
5557 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
5558
5559 void
5560 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5561 Lisp_Object m;
5562 int nbytes, multibyte;
5563 {
5564 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5565 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5566
5567 if (noninteractive)
5568 {
5569 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5570 putc ('\n', stderr);
5571 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5572 if (STRINGP (m))
5573 fwrite (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5574 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5575 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5576 fflush (stderr);
5577 }
5578 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5579 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5580 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5581 else if (INTERACTIVE
5582 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5583 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5584 {
5585 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5586 Lisp_Object frame;
5587 struct frame *f;
5588
5589 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5590 that the selected frame is using. */
5591 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5592 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
5593 f = XFRAME (frame);
5594
5595 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5596 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5597 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5598 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
5599
5600 if (STRINGP (m) && XSTRING (m)->size)
5601 {
5602 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
5603 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5604 Fraise_frame (frame);
5605 }
5606 else
5607 clear_message (1, 1);
5608
5609 do_pending_window_change (0);
5610 echo_area_display (1);
5611 do_pending_window_change (0);
5612 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5613 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5614 }
5615 }
5616
5617
5618 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
5619 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
5620
5621 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5622 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
5623 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
5624 that was alloca'd. */
5625
5626 void
5627 message1 (m)
5628 char *m;
5629 {
5630 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5631 }
5632
5633
5634 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
5635
5636 void
5637 message1_nolog (m)
5638 char *m;
5639 {
5640 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5641 }
5642
5643 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
5644 which gets replaced with STRING. */
5645
5646 void
5647 message_with_string (m, string, log)
5648 char *m;
5649 Lisp_Object string;
5650 int log;
5651 {
5652 if (noninteractive)
5653 {
5654 if (m)
5655 {
5656 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5657 putc ('\n', stderr);
5658 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5659 fprintf (stderr, m, XSTRING (string)->data);
5660 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5661 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5662 fflush (stderr);
5663 }
5664 }
5665 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5666 {
5667 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
5668 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
5669 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5670 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5671 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5672
5673 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
5674 that the selected frame is using. */
5675 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5676 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5677
5678 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5679 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5680 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5681 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5682 {
5683 int len;
5684 char *a[1];
5685 a[0] = (char *) XSTRING (string)->data;
5686
5687 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5688 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5689
5690 if (log)
5691 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5692 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5693 else
5694 message2_nolog (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5695 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5696
5697 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5698 buffer next time. */
5699 message_buf_print = 0;
5700 }
5701 }
5702 }
5703
5704
5705 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
5706 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
5707
5708 /* VARARGS 1 */
5709 void
5710 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
5711 char *m;
5712 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5713 {
5714 if (noninteractive)
5715 {
5716 if (m)
5717 {
5718 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5719 putc ('\n', stderr);
5720 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5721 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
5722 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5723 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5724 fflush (stderr);
5725 }
5726 }
5727 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5728 {
5729 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
5730 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
5731 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5732 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5733 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5734
5735 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5736 that the selected frame is using. */
5737 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5738 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5739
5740 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5741 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5742 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
5743 it. */
5744 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5745 {
5746 if (m)
5747 {
5748 int len;
5749 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
5750 char *a[3];
5751 a[0] = (char *) a1;
5752 a[1] = (char *) a2;
5753 a[2] = (char *) a3;
5754
5755 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5756 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5757 #else
5758 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5759 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
5760 (char **) &a1);
5761 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
5762
5763 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
5764 }
5765 else
5766 message1 (0);
5767
5768 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5769 buffer next time. */
5770 message_buf_print = 0;
5771 }
5772 }
5773 }
5774
5775
5776 /* The non-logging version of message. */
5777
5778 void
5779 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
5780 char *m;
5781 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5782 {
5783 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
5784 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
5785 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
5786 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
5787 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
5788 }
5789
5790
5791 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
5792 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
5793 critical. */
5794
5795 void
5796 update_echo_area ()
5797 {
5798 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5799 {
5800 Lisp_Object string;
5801 string = Fcurrent_message ();
5802 message3 (string, XSTRING (string)->size,
5803 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
5804 }
5805 }
5806
5807
5808 /* Make sure echo area buffers in echo_buffers[] are life. If they
5809 aren't, make new ones. */
5810
5811 static void
5812 ensure_echo_area_buffers ()
5813 {
5814 int i;
5815
5816 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
5817 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
5818 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
5819 {
5820 char name[30];
5821 Lisp_Object old_buffer;
5822 int j;
5823
5824 old_buffer = echo_buffer[i];
5825 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
5826 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
5827 XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->truncate_lines = Qnil;
5828
5829 for (j = 0; j < 2; ++j)
5830 if (EQ (old_buffer, echo_area_buffer[j]))
5831 echo_area_buffer[j] = echo_buffer[i];
5832 }
5833 }
5834
5835
5836 /* Call FN with args A1..A4 with either the current or last displayed
5837 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
5838
5839 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
5840 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
5841 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5842
5843 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
5844 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5845
5846 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
5847 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
5848 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
5849
5850 Value is what FN returns. */
5851
5852 static int
5853 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4)
5854 struct window *w;
5855 int which;
5856 int (*fn) P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
5857 EMACS_INT a1;
5858 Lisp_Object a2;
5859 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
5860 {
5861 Lisp_Object buffer;
5862 int this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
5863 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
5864
5865 /* If buffers aren't life, make new ones. */
5866 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
5867
5868 clear_buffer_p = 0;
5869
5870 if (which == 0)
5871 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5872 else if (which > 0)
5873 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
5874 else
5875 {
5876 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5877 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5878
5879 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
5880 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
5881 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
5882 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
5883 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
5884 }
5885
5886 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
5887 have one. */
5888 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
5889 {
5890 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
5891 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
5892 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
5893 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
5894 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5895 }
5896
5897 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
5898
5899 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
5900 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
5901
5902 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
5903 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
5904 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
5905 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
5906 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
5907 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
5908 aborts. */
5909 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5910 if (w)
5911 {
5912 w->buffer = buffer;
5913 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5914 }
5915
5916 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5917 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
5918 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
5919
5920 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
5921 del_range (BEG, Z);
5922
5923 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5924 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5925
5926 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4);
5927
5928 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5929 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5930
5931 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
5932 return rc;
5933 }
5934
5935
5936 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
5937 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
5938
5939 static Lisp_Object
5940 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
5941 struct window *w;
5942 {
5943 int i = 0;
5944 Lisp_Object vector;
5945
5946 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
5947 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
5948 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
5949 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
5950
5951 if (NILP (vector))
5952 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
5953
5954 XSETBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], current_buffer); ++i;
5955 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Vdeactivate_mark;
5956 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed);
5957
5958 if (w)
5959 {
5960 XSETWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], w); ++i;
5961 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = w->buffer;
5962 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5963 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
5964 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5965 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos);
5966 }
5967 else
5968 {
5969 int end = i + 4;
5970 while (i < end)
5971 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Qnil;
5972 }
5973
5974 xassert (i == XVECTOR (vector)->size);
5975 return vector;
5976 }
5977
5978
5979 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
5980 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
5981
5982 static Lisp_Object
5983 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
5984 Lisp_Object vector;
5985 {
5986 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (AREF (vector, 0)));
5987 Vdeactivate_mark = AREF (vector, 1);
5988 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (AREF (vector, 2));
5989
5990 if (WINDOWP (AREF (vector, 3)))
5991 {
5992 struct window *w;
5993 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
5994
5995 w = XWINDOW (AREF (vector, 3));
5996 buffer = AREF (vector, 4);
5997 charpos = AREF (vector, 5);
5998 bytepos = AREF (vector, 6);
5999
6000 w->buffer = buffer;
6001 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
6002 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
6003 }
6004
6005 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
6006 return Qnil;
6007 }
6008
6009
6010 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
6011 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
6012
6013 void
6014 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
6015 int multibyte_p;
6016 {
6017 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
6018
6019 if (!message_buf_print)
6020 {
6021 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
6022 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
6023 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6024 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6025 else
6026 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6027
6028 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
6029 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6030
6031 if (Z > BEG)
6032 {
6033 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6034 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
6035 del_range (BEG, Z);
6036 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6037 }
6038 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6039
6040 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
6041 if (multibyte_p
6042 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6043 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
6044
6045 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
6046 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
6047 {
6048 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6049 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6050 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6051 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6052 }
6053
6054 message_log_maybe_newline ();
6055 message_buf_print = 1;
6056 }
6057 else
6058 {
6059 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6060 {
6061 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6062 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6063 else
6064 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6065 }
6066
6067 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6068 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
6069 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6070 }
6071 }
6072
6073
6074 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
6075 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
6076 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
6077 display the current message. */
6078
6079 static int
6080 display_echo_area (w)
6081 struct window *w;
6082 {
6083 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p, count;
6084
6085 /* Temporarily disable garbage collections while displaying the echo
6086 area. This is done because a GC can print a message itself.
6087 That message would modify the echo area buffer's contents while a
6088 redisplay of the buffer is going on, and seriously confuse
6089 redisplay. */
6090 count = inhibit_garbage_collection ();
6091
6092 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
6093 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
6094 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
6095 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
6096 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
6097 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
6098
6099 window_height_changed_p
6100 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
6101 display_echo_area_1,
6102 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6103
6104 if (no_message_p)
6105 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
6106
6107 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6108 return window_height_changed_p;
6109 }
6110
6111
6112 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
6113 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window,
6114 a pointer to which is passed in A1. A2..A4 are currently not used.
6115 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
6116 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
6117
6118 static int
6119 display_echo_area_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6120 EMACS_INT a1;
6121 Lisp_Object a2;
6122 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6123 {
6124 struct window *w = (struct window *) a1;
6125 Lisp_Object window;
6126 struct text_pos start;
6127 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6128
6129 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
6130 matrix for the display. */
6131 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w, 0);
6132
6133 /* Display. */
6134 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6135 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
6136 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6137 try_window (window, start);
6138
6139 return window_height_changed_p;
6140 }
6141
6142
6143 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
6144 currently displayed message, if there is one. */
6145
6146 void
6147 resize_echo_area_axactly ()
6148 {
6149 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer[0])
6150 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window))
6151 {
6152 struct window *w = XWINDOW (echo_area_window);
6153 int resized_p;
6154
6155 resized_p = with_echo_area_buffer (w, 0, resize_mini_window_1,
6156 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6157 if (resized_p)
6158 {
6159 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6160 ++update_mode_lines;
6161 redisplay_internal (0);
6162 }
6163 }
6164 }
6165
6166
6167 /* Callback function for with_echo_area_buffer, when used from
6168 resize_echo_area_axactly. A1 contains a pointer to the window to
6169 resize, A2 to A4 are not used. Value is what resize_mini_window
6170 returns. */
6171
6172 static int
6173 resize_mini_window_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6174 EMACS_INT a1;
6175 Lisp_Object a2;
6176 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6177 {
6178 return resize_mini_window ((struct window *) a1, 1);
6179 }
6180
6181
6182 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
6183 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
6184 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
6185 the window height has been changed. */
6186
6187 int
6188 resize_mini_window (w, exact_p)
6189 struct window *w;
6190 int exact_p;
6191 {
6192 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6193 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6194
6195 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
6196
6197 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
6198 if (NILP (Vresize_mini_windows)
6199 || (FRAME_X_P (f) && f->output_data.x == NULL))
6200 return 0;
6201
6202 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
6203 {
6204 struct it it;
6205 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6206 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
6207 int height, max_height;
6208 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
6209 struct text_pos start;
6210 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = NULL;
6211
6212 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6213 {
6214 old_current_buffer = current_buffer;
6215 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6216 }
6217
6218 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6219
6220 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
6221 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6222 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * total_height;
6223 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6224 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
6225 else
6226 max_height = total_height / 4;
6227
6228 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
6229 max_height = max (1, max_height);
6230 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
6231
6232 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
6233 if (it.truncate_lines_p)
6234 height = 1;
6235 else
6236 {
6237 last_height = 0;
6238 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
6239 if (it.max_ascent == 0 && it.max_descent == 0)
6240 height = it.current_y + last_height;
6241 else
6242 height = it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
6243 height -= it.extra_line_spacing;
6244 height = (height + unit - 1) / unit;
6245 }
6246
6247 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
6248 if (height > max_height)
6249 {
6250 height = max_height;
6251 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6252 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
6253 start = it.current.pos;
6254 }
6255 else
6256 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6257 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
6258
6259 if (EQ (Vresize_mini_windows, Qgrow_only))
6260 {
6261 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
6262 case the window shrinks again. */
6263 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6264 {
6265 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6266 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6267 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6268 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6269 }
6270 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height)
6271 && (exact_p || BEGV == ZV))
6272 {
6273 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6274 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6275 shrink_mini_window (w);
6276 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6277 }
6278 }
6279 else
6280 {
6281 /* Always resize to exact size needed. */
6282 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6283 {
6284 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6285 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6286 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6287 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6288 }
6289 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height))
6290 {
6291 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6292 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6293 shrink_mini_window (w);
6294
6295 if (height)
6296 {
6297 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6298 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6299 }
6300
6301 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6302 }
6303 }
6304
6305 if (old_current_buffer)
6306 set_buffer_internal (old_current_buffer);
6307 }
6308
6309 return window_height_changed_p;
6310 }
6311
6312
6313 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
6314 current message. */
6315
6316 Lisp_Object
6317 current_message ()
6318 {
6319 Lisp_Object msg;
6320
6321 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6322 msg = Qnil;
6323 else
6324 {
6325 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, current_message_1,
6326 (EMACS_INT) &msg, Qnil, 0, 0);
6327 if (NILP (msg))
6328 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6329 }
6330
6331 return msg;
6332 }
6333
6334
6335 static int
6336 current_message_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6337 EMACS_INT a1;
6338 Lisp_Object a2;
6339 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6340 {
6341 Lisp_Object *msg = (Lisp_Object *) a1;
6342
6343 if (Z > BEG)
6344 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
6345 else
6346 *msg = Qnil;
6347 return 0;
6348 }
6349
6350
6351 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
6352 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
6353 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
6354 worth optimizing. */
6355
6356 int
6357 push_message ()
6358 {
6359 Lisp_Object msg;
6360 msg = current_message ();
6361 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
6362 return STRINGP (msg);
6363 }
6364
6365
6366 /* Handler for record_unwind_protect calling pop_message. */
6367
6368 Lisp_Object
6369 push_message_unwind (dummy)
6370 Lisp_Object dummy;
6371 {
6372 pop_message ();
6373 return Qnil;
6374 }
6375
6376
6377 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
6378
6379 void
6380 restore_message ()
6381 {
6382 Lisp_Object msg;
6383
6384 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6385 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
6386 if (STRINGP (msg))
6387 message3_nolog (msg, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg));
6388 else
6389 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
6390 }
6391
6392
6393 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
6394
6395 void
6396 pop_message ()
6397 {
6398 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6399 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
6400 }
6401
6402
6403 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
6404 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
6405 somewhere. */
6406
6407 void
6408 check_message_stack ()
6409 {
6410 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
6411 abort ();
6412 }
6413
6414
6415 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
6416 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
6417
6418 void
6419 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
6420 int nchars;
6421 {
6422 if (nchars == 0)
6423 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6424 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6425 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6426 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6427 else if (!noninteractive
6428 && INTERACTIVE
6429 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6430 {
6431 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6432 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
6433 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, truncate_message_1, nchars, Qnil, 0, 0);
6434 }
6435 }
6436
6437
6438 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
6439 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
6440
6441 static int
6442 truncate_message_1 (nchars, a2, a3, a4)
6443 EMACS_INT nchars;
6444 Lisp_Object a2;
6445 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6446 {
6447 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
6448 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
6449 if (Z == BEG)
6450 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6451 return 0;
6452 }
6453
6454
6455 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
6456
6457 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
6458 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
6459 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
6460
6461 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
6462 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
6463 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
6464
6465 void
6466 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6467 char *s;
6468 Lisp_Object string;
6469 int nbytes;
6470 {
6471 message_enable_multibyte
6472 = ((s && multibyte_p)
6473 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
6474
6475 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, set_message_1,
6476 (EMACS_INT) s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
6477 message_buf_print = 0;
6478 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
6479 }
6480
6481
6482 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
6483 as there, with A1 corresponding to S and A2 corresponding to STRING
6484 This function is called with the echo area buffer being
6485 current. */
6486
6487 static int
6488 set_message_1 (a1, a2, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6489 EMACS_INT a1;
6490 Lisp_Object a2;
6491 EMACS_INT nbytes, multibyte_p;
6492 {
6493 char *s = (char *) a1;
6494 Lisp_Object string = a2;
6495
6496 xassert (BEG == Z);
6497
6498 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
6499 if (message_enable_multibyte
6500 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6501 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
6502
6503 current_buffer->truncate_lines = message_truncate_lines ? Qt : Qnil;
6504
6505 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
6506 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6507
6508 if (STRINGP (string))
6509 {
6510 int nchars;
6511
6512 if (nbytes == 0)
6513 nbytes = XSTRING (string)->size_byte;
6514 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
6515
6516 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
6517 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
6518 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
6519 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
6520 }
6521 else if (s)
6522 {
6523 if (nbytes == 0)
6524 nbytes = strlen (s);
6525
6526 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6527 {
6528 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
6529 int i, c, n;
6530 unsigned char work[1];
6531
6532 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
6533 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
6534 {
6535 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
6536 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
6537 ? c
6538 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
6539 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
6540 }
6541 }
6542 else if (!multibyte_p
6543 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6544 {
6545 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
6546 int i, c, n;
6547 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) s;
6548 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
6549
6550 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
6551 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
6552 {
6553 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
6554 n = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
6555 insert_1_both (str, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
6556 }
6557 }
6558 else
6559 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
6560 }
6561
6562 return 0;
6563 }
6564
6565
6566 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
6567 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
6568 last displayed. */
6569
6570 void
6571 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
6572 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
6573 {
6574 if (current_p)
6575 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6576
6577 if (last_displayed_p)
6578 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
6579
6580 message_buf_print = 0;
6581 }
6582
6583 /* Clear garbaged frames.
6584
6585 This function is used where the old redisplay called
6586 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
6587 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
6588 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
6589 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
6590 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
6591
6592 static void
6593 clear_garbaged_frames ()
6594 {
6595 if (frame_garbaged)
6596 {
6597 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6598
6599 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6600 {
6601 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6602
6603 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
6604 {
6605 clear_current_matrices (f);
6606 f->garbaged = 0;
6607 }
6608 }
6609
6610 frame_garbaged = 0;
6611 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6612 }
6613 }
6614
6615
6616 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
6617 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
6618 mini-windows height has been changed. */
6619
6620 static int
6621 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
6622 int update_frame_p;
6623 {
6624 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6625 struct window *w;
6626 struct frame *f;
6627 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6628 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6629
6630 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6631 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
6632 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
6633
6634 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
6635 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6636 return 0;
6637
6638 /* The terminal frame is used as the first Emacs frame on the Mac OS. */
6639 #ifndef macintosh
6640 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6641 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
6642 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
6643 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
6644 if (EQ (selected_frame, Vterminal_frame)
6645 && !NILP (Vwindow_system))
6646 return 0;
6647 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6648 #endif
6649
6650 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
6651 if (frame_garbaged)
6652 clear_garbaged_frames ();
6653
6654 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
6655 {
6656 echo_area_window = mini_window;
6657 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
6658 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6659
6660 /* Update the display, unless called from redisplay_internal.
6661 Also don't update the screen during redisplay itself. The
6662 update will happen at the end of redisplay, and an update
6663 here could cause confusion. */
6664 if (update_frame_p && !redisplaying_p)
6665 {
6666 int n = 0;
6667
6668 /* If the display update has been interrupted by pending
6669 input, update mode lines in the frame. Due to the
6670 pending input, it might have been that redisplay hasn't
6671 been called, so that mode lines above the echo area are
6672 garbaged. This looks odd, so we prevent it here. */
6673 if (!display_completed)
6674 n = redisplay_mode_lines (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0);
6675
6676 if (window_height_changed_p)
6677 {
6678 /* Must update other windows. Likewise as in other
6679 cases, don't let this update be interrupted by
6680 pending input. */
6681 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6682 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause, Qt);
6683 windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
6684 redisplay_internal (0);
6685 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6686 }
6687 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && n == 0)
6688 {
6689 /* Window configuration is the same as before.
6690 Can do with a display update of the echo area,
6691 unless we displayed some mode lines. */
6692 update_single_window (w, 1);
6693 rif->flush_display (f);
6694 }
6695 else
6696 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
6697
6698 /* If cursor is in the echo area, make sure that the next
6699 redisplay displays the minibuffer, so that the cursor will
6700 be replaced with what the minibuffer wants. */
6701 if (cursor_in_echo_area)
6702 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6703 }
6704 }
6705 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6706 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
6707
6708 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
6709 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
6710
6711 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
6712 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
6713 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
6714 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6715 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
6716
6717 return window_height_changed_p;
6718 }
6719
6720
6721 \f
6722 /***********************************************************************
6723 Frame Titles
6724 ***********************************************************************/
6725
6726
6727 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6728
6729 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
6730 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
6731
6732 static char *frame_title_buf;
6733
6734 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
6735
6736 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
6737 static char *frame_title_ptr;
6738
6739
6740 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
6741 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
6742
6743 static void
6744 store_frame_title_char (c)
6745 char c;
6746 {
6747 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
6748 double the buffer's size. */
6749 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
6750 {
6751 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
6752 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
6753 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
6754 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
6755 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
6756 }
6757
6758 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
6759 }
6760
6761
6762 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
6763 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy more
6764 than PRECISION number of bytes from STR; PRECISION <= 0 means copy
6765 the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH number of
6766 characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
6767 Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a frame
6768 title. */
6769
6770 static int
6771 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
6772 unsigned char *str;
6773 int field_width, precision;
6774 {
6775 int n = 0;
6776
6777 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
6778 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
6779 && *str)
6780 {
6781 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
6782 ++n;
6783 }
6784
6785 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
6786 while (field_width > 0
6787 && n < field_width)
6788 {
6789 store_frame_title_char (' ');
6790 ++n;
6791 }
6792
6793 return n;
6794 }
6795
6796
6797 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
6798 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
6799 frame_title_format. */
6800
6801 static void
6802 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
6803 Lisp_Object frame;
6804 {
6805 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6806
6807 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6808 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
6809 || f->explicit_name)
6810 {
6811 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
6812 Lisp_Object tail;
6813 Lisp_Object fmt;
6814 struct buffer *obuf;
6815 int len;
6816 struct it it;
6817
6818 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
6819 {
6820 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
6821
6822 if (tf != f
6823 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
6824 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
6825 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
6826 break;
6827 }
6828
6829 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
6830 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
6831
6832 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
6833 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
6834 then display the title. */
6835 obuf = current_buffer;
6836 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer);
6837 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
6838 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
6839 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
6840 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6841 len = display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt);
6842 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
6843 set_buffer_internal (obuf);
6844
6845 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
6846 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
6847 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
6848 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
6849 higher level than this.) */
6850 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
6851 || STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (f->name)) != len
6852 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, XSTRING (f->name)->data, len) != 0)
6853 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
6854 }
6855 }
6856
6857 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6858
6859 #define frame_title_ptr ((char *)0)
6860 #define store_frame_title(str, mincol, maxcol) 0
6861
6862 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6863
6864
6865
6866 \f
6867 /***********************************************************************
6868 Menu Bars
6869 ***********************************************************************/
6870
6871
6872 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
6873 appropriate. This can call eval. */
6874
6875 void
6876 prepare_menu_bars ()
6877 {
6878 int all_windows;
6879 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6880 struct frame *f;
6881 Lisp_Object tooltip_frame;
6882
6883 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
6884 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
6885 #else
6886 tooltip_frame = Qnil;
6887 #endif
6888
6889 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
6890 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
6891 up-to-date frame titles. */
6892 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6893 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
6894 {
6895 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6896
6897 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6898 {
6899 f = XFRAME (frame);
6900 if (!EQ (frame, tooltip_frame)
6901 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
6902 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
6903 }
6904 }
6905 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6906
6907 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
6908 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
6909 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
6910 || buffer_shared > 1
6911 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
6912 if (all_windows)
6913 {
6914 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6915 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6916
6917 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6918
6919 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6920 {
6921 f = XFRAME (frame);
6922
6923 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
6924 if (EQ (frame, tooltip_frame))
6925 continue;
6926
6927 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
6928 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
6929 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
6930 {
6931 Lisp_Object functions;
6932
6933 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
6934 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
6935 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
6936 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
6937
6938 while (CONSP (functions))
6939 {
6940 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
6941 functions = XCDR (functions);
6942 }
6943 UNGCPRO;
6944 }
6945
6946 GCPRO1 (tail);
6947 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
6948 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6949 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
6950 #endif
6951 UNGCPRO;
6952 }
6953
6954 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6955 }
6956 else
6957 {
6958 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6959 update_menu_bar (sf, 1);
6960 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6961 update_tool_bar (sf, 1);
6962 #endif
6963 }
6964
6965 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
6966 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
6967 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6968 pending_menu_activation = 0;
6969 #endif
6970 }
6971
6972
6973 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6974 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
6975 eval.
6976
6977 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
6978
6979 static void
6980 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
6981 struct frame *f;
6982 int save_match_data;
6983 {
6984 Lisp_Object window;
6985 register struct window *w;
6986
6987 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6988 w = XWINDOW (window);
6989
6990 if (update_mode_lines)
6991 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6992
6993 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6994 ?
6995 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
6996 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
6997 #else
6998 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
6999 #endif
7000 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
7001 {
7002 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7003 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7004 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7005 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7006 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7007 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7008 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7009 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7010 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7011 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7012 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7013 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7014 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7015 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7016 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7017 {
7018 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7019 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7020
7021 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7022 if (save_match_data)
7023 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7024 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7025 {
7026 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7027 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7028 }
7029
7030 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
7031 call1 (Vrun_hooks, Qactivate_menubar_hook);
7032
7033 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
7034 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
7035 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
7036 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
7037
7038 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
7039 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
7040
7041 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
7042 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
7043 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7044 #if defined (macintosh)
7045 /* All frames on Mac OS share the same menubar. So only the
7046 selected frame should be allowed to set it. */
7047 && f == SELECTED_FRAME ()
7048 #endif
7049 )
7050 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
7051 else
7052 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7053 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7054 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7055 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7056 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7057 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7058 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7059 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7060
7061 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7062 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7063 }
7064 }
7065 }
7066
7067
7068 \f
7069 /***********************************************************************
7070 Tool-bars
7071 ***********************************************************************/
7072
7073 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7074
7075 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
7076 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
7077 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
7078 and restore it here. */
7079
7080 static void
7081 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
7082 struct frame *f;
7083 int save_match_data;
7084 {
7085 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7086 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0)
7087 {
7088 Lisp_Object window;
7089 struct window *w;
7090
7091 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7092 w = XWINDOW (window);
7093
7094 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7095 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7096 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7097 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7098 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7099 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7100 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7101 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7102 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7103 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7104 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7105 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7106 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7107 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7108 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7109 {
7110 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7111 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7112
7113 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
7114 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
7115 keymaps. */
7116 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7117
7118 /* Save match data, if we must. */
7119 if (save_match_data)
7120 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7121
7122 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
7123 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7124 {
7125 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7126 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7127 }
7128
7129 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
7130 f->tool_bar_items
7131 = tool_bar_items (f->tool_bar_items, &f->n_tool_bar_items);
7132
7133 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
7134 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7135
7136 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7137 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7138 }
7139 }
7140 }
7141
7142
7143 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
7144 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->tool_bar_items must have
7145 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
7146
7147 static void
7148 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
7149 struct frame *f;
7150 {
7151 int i, size, size_needed, string_idx;
7152 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
7153 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
7154
7155 image = plist = props = Qnil;
7156 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
7157
7158 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
7159 Otherwise, make a new string. */
7160
7161 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
7162 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
7163 ? XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size
7164 : 0);
7165
7166 /* Each image in the string we build is preceded by a space,
7167 and there is a space at the end. */
7168 size_needed = f->n_tool_bar_items + 1;
7169
7170 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
7171 if (size < size_needed)
7172 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed),
7173 make_number (' '));
7174 else
7175 {
7176 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
7177 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
7178 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7179 }
7180
7181 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
7182 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
7183 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
7184 for (i = 0, string_idx = 0;
7185 i < f->n_tool_bar_items;
7186 ++i, string_idx += 1)
7187 {
7188 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX))
7189
7190 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
7191 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
7192 int margin, relief, idx;
7193 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCalgorithm, Qimage;
7194 extern Lisp_Object Qlaplace;
7195
7196 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
7197 button state. */
7198 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
7199 if (VECTORP (image))
7200 {
7201 if (enabled_p)
7202 idx = (selected_p
7203 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
7204 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
7205 else
7206 idx = (selected_p
7207 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
7208 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
7209
7210 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx);
7211 image = AREF (image, idx);
7212 }
7213 else
7214 idx = -1;
7215
7216 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
7217 if (!valid_image_p (image))
7218 continue;
7219
7220 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
7221 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
7222
7223 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
7224 relief = tool_bar_button_relief > 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : 3;
7225 margin = relief + max (0, tool_bar_button_margin);
7226
7227 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
7228 {
7229 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
7230 selected. */
7231 if (selected_p)
7232 {
7233 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
7234 margin -= relief;
7235 }
7236 }
7237 else
7238 {
7239 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
7240 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
7241 raised relief. */
7242 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
7243 (selected_p
7244 ? make_number (-relief)
7245 : make_number (relief)));
7246 margin -= relief;
7247 }
7248
7249 /* Put a margin around the image. */
7250 if (margin)
7251 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (margin));
7252
7253 /* If button is not enabled, and we don't have special images
7254 for the disabled state, make the image appear disabled by
7255 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
7256 if (!enabled_p && idx < 0)
7257 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCalgorithm, Qdisabled);
7258
7259 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
7260 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
7261 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
7262 vector. */
7263 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
7264 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
7265 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS)),
7266 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (string_idx),
7267 make_number (string_idx + 1),
7268 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7269 #undef PROP
7270 }
7271
7272 UNGCPRO;
7273 }
7274
7275
7276 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
7277
7278 static void
7279 display_tool_bar_line (it)
7280 struct it *it;
7281 {
7282 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
7283 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
7284 struct glyph *last;
7285
7286 prepare_desired_row (row);
7287 row->y = it->current_y;
7288
7289 /* Note that this isn't made use of if the face hasn't a box,
7290 so there's no need to check the face here. */
7291 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
7292
7293 while (it->current_x < max_x)
7294 {
7295 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
7296
7297 /* Get the next display element. */
7298 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
7299 break;
7300
7301 /* Produce glyphs. */
7302 x_before = it->current_x;
7303 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7304 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
7305
7306 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
7307 i = 0;
7308 x = x_before;
7309 while (i < nglyphs)
7310 {
7311 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
7312
7313 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
7314 {
7315 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
7316 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
7317 it->current_x = x;
7318 goto out;
7319 }
7320
7321 ++it->hpos;
7322 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7323 ++i;
7324 }
7325
7326 /* Stop at line ends. */
7327 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
7328 break;
7329
7330 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
7331 }
7332
7333 out:;
7334
7335 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
7336 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
7337 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
7338 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
7339 if (last == row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA])
7340 last->left_box_line_p = 1;
7341 compute_line_metrics (it);
7342
7343 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
7344 if (!row->displays_text_p)
7345 {
7346 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
7347 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
7348 }
7349
7350 row->full_width_p = 1;
7351 row->continued_p = 0;
7352 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
7353 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
7354
7355 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
7356 it->current_y += row->height;
7357 ++it->vpos;
7358 ++it->glyph_row;
7359 }
7360
7361
7362 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
7363 items of frame F visible. */
7364
7365 static int
7366 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
7367 struct frame *f;
7368 {
7369 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7370 struct it it;
7371
7372 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
7373 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
7374 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7375 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7376 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7377 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7378
7379 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
7380 {
7381 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
7382 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
7383 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7384 }
7385
7386 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
7387 }
7388
7389
7390 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
7391 height should be changed. */
7392
7393 static int
7394 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
7395 struct frame *f;
7396 {
7397 struct window *w;
7398 struct it it;
7399 struct glyph_row *row;
7400 int change_height_p = 0;
7401
7402 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
7403 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
7404 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
7405 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
7406 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7407 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7408 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
7409 return 0;
7410
7411 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
7412 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7413 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7414 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7415 row = it.glyph_row;
7416
7417 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
7418 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7419 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7420
7421 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
7422 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7423 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7424
7425 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
7426 window, so don't do it. */
7427 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7428 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7429
7430 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
7431 {
7432 int nlines;
7433
7434 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
7435 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
7436 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
7437 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
7438 if (!row->displays_text_p
7439 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
7440 change_height_p = 1;
7441
7442 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
7443 change the tool-bar's height. */
7444 if (row->displays_text_p
7445 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
7446 change_height_p = 1;
7447
7448 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
7449 frame parameter. */
7450 if (change_height_p
7451 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
7452 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
7453 {
7454 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
7455 Lisp_Object frame;
7456 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
7457
7458 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
7459 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
7460 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
7461 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
7462 make_number (nlines)),
7463 Qnil));
7464 if (XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height)
7465 fonts_changed_p = 1;
7466 }
7467 }
7468
7469 return change_height_p;
7470 }
7471
7472
7473 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
7474 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
7475 properties start in F->tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
7476 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
7477
7478 int
7479 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
7480 struct frame *f;
7481 struct glyph *glyph;
7482 int *prop_idx;
7483 {
7484 Lisp_Object prop;
7485 int success_p;
7486
7487 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
7488 property is the start index of this item's properties in
7489 F->tool_bar_items. */
7490 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
7491 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
7492 if (INTEGERP (prop))
7493 {
7494 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
7495 success_p = 1;
7496 }
7497 else
7498 success_p = 0;
7499
7500 return success_p;
7501 }
7502
7503 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7504
7505
7506 \f
7507 /************************************************************************
7508 Horizontal scrolling
7509 ************************************************************************/
7510
7511 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7512 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7513
7514 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
7515 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
7516 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
7517 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
7518 changed. */
7519
7520 static int
7521 hscroll_window_tree (window)
7522 Lisp_Object window;
7523 {
7524 int hscrolled_p = 0;
7525
7526 while (WINDOWP (window))
7527 {
7528 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7529
7530 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
7531 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
7532 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
7533 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
7534 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
7535 {
7536 int hscroll_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
7537 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
7538 struct glyph_row *current_cursor_row
7539 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7540 struct glyph_row *desired_cursor_row
7541 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7542 struct glyph_row *cursor_row
7543 = (desired_cursor_row->enabled_p
7544 ? desired_cursor_row
7545 : current_cursor_row);
7546
7547 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
7548 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
7549
7550 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
7551 hscroll_margin = 5 * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
7552
7553 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
7554 && w->cursor.x < hscroll_margin)
7555 || (cursor_row->enabled_p
7556 && cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
7557 && (w->cursor.x > text_area_width - hscroll_margin)))
7558 {
7559 struct it it;
7560 int hscroll;
7561 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
7562 int pt;
7563
7564 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
7565 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
7566 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7567
7568 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7569 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7570 else
7571 {
7572 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7573 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
7574 pt = min (ZV, pt);
7575 }
7576
7577 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
7578 a line with infinite width. */
7579 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
7580 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
7581 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
7582 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
7583
7584 /* Center cursor in window. */
7585 hscroll = (max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
7586 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f));
7587 hscroll = max (hscroll, XFASTINT (w->min_hscroll));
7588
7589 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
7590 changed because it will prevent redisplay
7591 optimizations. */
7592 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
7593 {
7594 XBUFFER (w->buffer)->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 1;
7595 w->hscroll = make_number (hscroll);
7596 hscrolled_p = 1;
7597 }
7598 }
7599 }
7600
7601 window = w->next;
7602 }
7603
7604 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
7605 return hscrolled_p;
7606 }
7607
7608
7609 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
7610 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
7611 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
7612 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
7613 of WINDOW are cleared. */
7614
7615 static int
7616 hscroll_windows (window)
7617 Lisp_Object window;
7618 {
7619 int hscrolled_p;
7620
7621 if (automatic_hscrolling_p)
7622 {
7623 hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
7624 if (hscrolled_p)
7625 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
7626 }
7627 else
7628 hscrolled_p = 0;
7629 return hscrolled_p;
7630 }
7631
7632
7633 \f
7634 /************************************************************************
7635 Redisplay
7636 ************************************************************************/
7637
7638 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
7639 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
7640 session. */
7641
7642 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7643
7644 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
7645
7646 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
7647 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
7648
7649 /* Delta vpos and y. */
7650
7651 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
7652
7653 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
7654
7655 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
7656
7657 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
7658 try_window_id. */
7659
7660 int debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
7661
7662 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
7663 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
7664 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
7665 resulting string to stderr. */
7666
7667 static void
7668 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
7669 struct window *w;
7670 char *fmt;
7671 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
7672 {
7673 char buffer[512];
7674 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
7675 int len = strlen (method);
7676 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
7677 int remaining = size - len - 1;
7678
7679 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
7680 if (len && remaining)
7681 {
7682 method[len] = '|';
7683 --remaining, ++len;
7684 }
7685
7686 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
7687
7688 if (trace_redisplay_p)
7689 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
7690 w,
7691 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
7692 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
7693 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data
7694 : "no buffer"),
7695 buffer);
7696 }
7697
7698 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
7699
7700
7701 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
7702 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
7703 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
7704 cleared. */
7705
7706 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 10000
7707 static int clear_face_cache_count;
7708
7709 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
7710
7711 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
7712
7713 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
7714
7715 int redisplaying_p;
7716
7717
7718 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
7719 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
7720 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
7721 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
7722
7723 static INLINE int
7724 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
7725 struct window *w;
7726 int start, end;
7727 {
7728 int unchanged_p = 1;
7729
7730 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
7731 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7732 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7733 {
7734 /* Gap in the line? */
7735 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
7736 unchanged_p = 0;
7737
7738 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
7739 if (unchanged_p
7740 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
7741 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
7742 unchanged_p = 0;
7743
7744 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
7745 beginning of the line. */
7746 if (unchanged_p
7747 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
7748 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
7749 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
7750 unchanged_p = 0;
7751 }
7752
7753 return unchanged_p;
7754 }
7755
7756
7757 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
7758 the main external entry point for redisplay.
7759
7760 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
7761 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
7762 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
7763
7764 void
7765 redisplay ()
7766 {
7767 redisplay_internal (0);
7768 }
7769
7770 /* Return 1 if point moved out of or into a composition. Otherwise
7771 return 0. PREV_BUF and PREV_PT are the last point buffer and
7772 position. BUF and PT are the current point buffer and position. */
7773
7774 int
7775 check_point_in_composition (prev_buf, prev_pt, buf, pt)
7776 struct buffer *prev_buf, *buf;
7777 int prev_pt, pt;
7778 {
7779 int start, end;
7780 Lisp_Object prop;
7781 Lisp_Object buffer;
7782
7783 XSETBUFFER (buffer, buf);
7784 /* Check a composition at the last point if point moved within the
7785 same buffer. */
7786 if (prev_buf == buf)
7787 {
7788 if (prev_pt == pt)
7789 /* Point didn't move. */
7790 return 0;
7791
7792 if (prev_pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && prev_pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7793 && find_composition (prev_pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7794 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7795 && start < prev_pt && end > prev_pt)
7796 /* The last point was within the composition. Return 1 iff
7797 point moved out of the composition. */
7798 return (pt <= start || pt >= end);
7799 }
7800
7801 /* Check a composition at the current point. */
7802 return (pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7803 && find_composition (pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7804 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7805 && start < pt && end > pt);
7806 }
7807
7808 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
7809 in window W. */
7810
7811 static INLINE void
7812 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
7813 struct window *w;
7814 struct buffer *b;
7815 {
7816 if (b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
7817 b->clip_changed = 1;
7818 else if (b->clip_changed
7819 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
7820 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
7821 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
7822 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
7823 b->clip_changed = 0;
7824
7825 /* If display wasn't paused, and W is not a tool bar window, see if
7826 point has been moved into or out of a composition. In that case,
7827 we set b->clip_changed to 1 to force updating the screen. If
7828 b->clip_changed has already been set to 1, we can skip this
7829 check. */
7830 if (!b->clip_changed
7831 && BUFFERP (w->buffer) && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
7832 {
7833 int pt;
7834
7835 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7836 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7837 else
7838 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7839
7840 if ((w->current_matrix->buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer)
7841 || pt != XINT (w->last_point))
7842 && check_point_in_composition (w->current_matrix->buffer,
7843 XINT (w->last_point),
7844 XBUFFER (w->buffer), pt))
7845 b->clip_changed = 1;
7846 }
7847 }
7848
7849
7850 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
7851 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
7852 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
7853 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
7854 causes some problems. */
7855
7856 static void
7857 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
7858 int preserve_echo_area;
7859 {
7860 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
7861 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
7862 int pause;
7863 int must_finish = 0;
7864 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
7865 int number_of_visible_frames;
7866 int count;
7867 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7868
7869 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
7870 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
7871 int consider_all_windows_p;
7872
7873 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
7874
7875 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
7876 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
7877 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
7878 if (noninteractive
7879 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
7880 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
7881 return;
7882
7883 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
7884 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
7885 update necessary. */
7886 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
7887 {
7888 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
7889 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
7890 return;
7891 }
7892
7893 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7894 if (popup_activated ())
7895 return;
7896 #endif
7897
7898 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
7899 if (redisplaying_p)
7900 return;
7901
7902 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
7903 when we leave this function. */
7904 count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7905 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
7906 ++redisplaying_p;
7907
7908 retry:
7909 pause = 0;
7910 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
7911
7912 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
7913 necessary, do it. */
7914 if (fonts_changed_p)
7915 {
7916 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
7917 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7918 fonts_changed_p = 0;
7919 }
7920
7921 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf)
7922 && previous_terminal_frame != sf)
7923 {
7924 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
7925 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
7926 thing. */
7927 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7928 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf);
7929 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, sf);
7930 }
7931 previous_terminal_frame = sf;
7932
7933 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
7934 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
7935 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
7936 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
7937 {
7938 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7939
7940 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
7941
7942 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7943 {
7944 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7945
7946 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
7947 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
7948 ++number_of_visible_frames;
7949 clear_desired_matrices (f);
7950 }
7951 }
7952
7953 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
7954 do_pending_window_change (1);
7955
7956 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
7957 if (frame_garbaged)
7958 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7959
7960 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
7961 prepare_menu_bars ();
7962
7963 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
7964 update_mode_lines++;
7965
7966 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
7967 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7968 {
7969 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7970 if (buffer_shared > 1)
7971 update_mode_lines++;
7972 }
7973
7974 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
7975 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
7976 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
7977 where no change is needed. */
7978 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
7979 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
7980 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7981 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
7982 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7983
7984 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
7985
7986 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
7987 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
7988 there. */
7989 consider_all_windows_p = update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1;
7990
7991 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
7992 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
7993 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
7994 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
7995 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
7996
7997 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
7998 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
7999 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
8000 again here. Checking both message buffers captures the case that
8001 the echo area should be cleared. */
8002 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8003 {
8004 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
8005 must_finish = 1;
8006
8007 if (fonts_changed_p)
8008 goto retry;
8009 else if (window_height_changed_p)
8010 {
8011 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8012 ++update_mode_lines;
8013 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8014
8015 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8016 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8017 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8018 if (frame_garbaged)
8019 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8020 }
8021 }
8022 else if (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window)
8023 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
8024 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8025 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8026 && resize_mini_window (w, 0))
8027 {
8028 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
8029 showing if its contents might have changed. */
8030 must_finish = 1;
8031 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8032 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8033 ++update_mode_lines;
8034
8035 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8036 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8037 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8038 if (frame_garbaged)
8039 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8040 }
8041
8042
8043 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
8044 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
8045 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
8046 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8047 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
8048 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
8049 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
8050 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
8051 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
8052 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8053
8054 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
8055 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
8056 set in display_line and record information about the line
8057 containing the cursor. */
8058 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
8059 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
8060 if (!consider_all_windows_p
8061 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
8062 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8063 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8064 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8065 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8066 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
8067 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
8068 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
8069 && NILP (w->force_start)
8070 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
8071 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
8072 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8073 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
8074 must be unchanged */
8075 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
8076 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
8077 {
8078 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
8079 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
8080 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
8081 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
8082 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
8083 goto cancel;
8084 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8085 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
8086 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
8087 {
8088 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
8089 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
8090 line 885).
8091
8092 For instance, in the following case:
8093
8094 -------- Insert --------
8095 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
8096 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
8097 ^^ ^^
8098 -------- --------
8099
8100 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
8101
8102 struct it it;
8103 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
8104
8105 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
8106 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
8107 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
8108
8109 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
8110 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
8111 goto cancel;
8112
8113 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
8114 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
8115 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
8116 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8117 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8118 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
8119 display_line (&it);
8120
8121 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
8122 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
8123 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
8124 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
8125 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
8126 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8127 /* Line ends as before. */
8128 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8129 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
8130 would have to be shifted up or down. */
8131 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
8132 {
8133 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
8134 the charstarts of the lines below. */
8135 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
8136 {
8137 struct glyph_row *row
8138 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
8139 int delta, delta_bytes;
8140
8141 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
8142 {
8143 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
8144 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
8145 delta = (Z
8146 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8147 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8148 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8149 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8150 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8151 }
8152 else
8153 {
8154 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
8155 account of the newline and the rest of the
8156 text that follows. */
8157 delta = (Z
8158 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8159 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8160 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8161 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8162 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8163 }
8164
8165 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
8166 this_line_vpos + 1,
8167 w->current_matrix->nrows,
8168 delta, delta_bytes);
8169 }
8170
8171 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
8172 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
8173 adjusted. */
8174 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
8175 {
8176 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
8177 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
8178 }
8179 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
8180 && this_line_vpos > 0)
8181 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
8182 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8183
8184 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
8185 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
8186
8187 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8188 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8189 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
8190 #endif
8191 goto update;
8192 }
8193 else
8194 goto cancel;
8195 }
8196 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
8197 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8198 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
8199 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
8200 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
8201 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
8202 {
8203 if (!must_finish)
8204 {
8205 do_pending_window_change (1);
8206
8207 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
8208 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
8209 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
8210 goto end_of_redisplay;
8211 }
8212 goto update;
8213 }
8214 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
8215 then we can't just move the cursor. */
8216 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8217 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8218 && (EQ (selected_window, current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8219 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8220 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8221 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8222 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
8223 {
8224 struct it it;
8225 struct glyph_row *row;
8226
8227 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
8228 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
8229 next visible position. */
8230 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
8231 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8232 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
8233 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8234 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8235
8236 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
8237 moves over before-strings. */
8238 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
8239
8240 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
8241 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
8242 row->enabled_p))
8243 {
8244 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
8245 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
8246 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8247 goto update;
8248 }
8249 else
8250 goto cancel;
8251 }
8252
8253 cancel:
8254 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
8255 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
8256 }
8257
8258 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8259 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
8260 ++clear_face_cache_count;
8261
8262
8263 /* Build desired matrices, and update the display. If
8264 consider_all_windows_p is non-zero, do it for all windows on all
8265 frames. Otherwise do it for selected_window, only. */
8266
8267 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8268 {
8269 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8270
8271 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
8272 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
8273 {
8274 clear_face_cache (0);
8275 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
8276 }
8277
8278 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
8279 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
8280 buffer_shared = 0;
8281
8282 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8283 {
8284 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8285
8286 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
8287 {
8288 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
8289 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
8290 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
8291 condemn_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8292
8293 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8294 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
8295
8296 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
8297 nuked should now go away. */
8298 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
8299 judge_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8300
8301 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8302 if (fonts_changed_p)
8303 goto retry;
8304
8305 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8306 {
8307 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
8308 if (hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
8309 goto retry;
8310
8311 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display
8312 update. stdio is not robust about handling
8313 signals, which can cause an apparent I/O
8314 error. */
8315 if (interrupt_input)
8316 unrequest_sigio ();
8317 stop_polling ();
8318
8319 /* Update the display. */
8320 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
8321 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
8322 if (pause)
8323 break;
8324
8325 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
8326 if (frame_up_to_date_hook)
8327 frame_up_to_date_hook (f);
8328 }
8329 }
8330 }
8331 }
8332 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8333 {
8334 Lisp_Object mini_window;
8335 struct frame *mini_frame;
8336
8337 redisplay_window (selected_window, 1);
8338
8339 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
8340 update:
8341
8342 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8343 if (fonts_changed_p)
8344 goto retry;
8345
8346 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
8347 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
8348 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
8349 if (interrupt_input)
8350 unrequest_sigio ();
8351 stop_polling ();
8352
8353 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8354 {
8355 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window))
8356 goto retry;
8357
8358 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8359 pause = update_frame (sf, 0, 0);
8360 }
8361
8362 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
8363 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
8364 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
8365 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
8366 it here. */
8367 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
8368 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
8369
8370 if (mini_frame != sf && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
8371 {
8372 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8373 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
8374 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
8375 goto retry;
8376 }
8377 }
8378
8379 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
8380 thorough update the next time. */
8381 if (pause)
8382 {
8383 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
8384 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
8385 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
8386 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8387
8388 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
8389 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
8390 {
8391 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8392 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8393 }
8394
8395 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
8396 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
8397 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
8398 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
8399 update_mode_lines = 1;
8400 }
8401
8402 /* Now text on frame agrees with windows, so put info into the
8403 windows for partial redisplay to follow. */
8404 if (!pause)
8405 {
8406 register struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8407
8408 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
8409 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
8410 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
8411 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
8412
8413 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8414 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (sf), 1);
8415 else
8416 {
8417 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, BUF_PT (b));
8418 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8419 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8420
8421 b->clip_changed = 0;
8422 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8423 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8424 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, BUF_MODIFF (b));
8425 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b));
8426 w->last_had_star
8427 = (BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8428 ? Qt : Qnil);
8429
8430 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8431 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8432 w->region_showing = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8433 && (EQ (selected_window,
8434 current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8435 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8436 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active)
8437 ? Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark)
8438 : Qnil);
8439
8440 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8441 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8442 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8443 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
8444 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (sf);
8445
8446 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8447 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8448 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8449 }
8450
8451 update_mode_lines = 0;
8452 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
8453 }
8454
8455 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
8456 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
8457 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
8458 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
8459 if (interrupt_input)
8460 request_sigio ();
8461 start_polling ();
8462
8463 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
8464 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
8465 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
8466 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
8467 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
8468 frames here explicitly. */
8469 if (!pause)
8470 {
8471 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8472 int new_count = 0;
8473
8474 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8475 {
8476 int this_is_visible = 0;
8477
8478 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8479 this_is_visible = 1;
8480 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
8481 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8482 this_is_visible = 1;
8483
8484 if (this_is_visible)
8485 new_count++;
8486 }
8487
8488 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
8489 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
8490 }
8491
8492 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
8493 do_pending_window_change (1);
8494
8495 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
8496 visible frames, redisplay again. */
8497 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
8498 goto retry;
8499
8500 end_of_redisplay:;
8501
8502 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
8503 }
8504
8505
8506 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
8507 another message has been requested in its place.
8508
8509 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
8510 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
8511 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
8512 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations. */
8513
8514 void
8515 redisplay_preserve_echo_area ()
8516 {
8517 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8518 {
8519 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
8520 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
8521 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
8522 redisplay_internal (1);
8523 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
8524 }
8525 else
8526 redisplay_internal (1);
8527 }
8528
8529
8530 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
8531 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
8532 in progress. */
8533
8534 static Lisp_Object
8535 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
8536 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
8537 {
8538 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
8539 return Qnil;
8540 }
8541
8542
8543 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
8544 accurate or inaccurate. If FLAG is non-zero mark display of WINDOW
8545 as accurate. If FLAG is zero arrange for WINDOW to be redisplayed
8546 the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
8547
8548 void
8549 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
8550 Lisp_Object window;
8551 int accurate_p;
8552 {
8553 struct window *w;
8554
8555 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
8556 {
8557 w = XWINDOW (window);
8558
8559 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
8560 {
8561 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8562
8563 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified,
8564 accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8565 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified,
8566 accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8567 w->last_had_star = (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b)
8568 ? Qt : Qnil);
8569
8570 #if 0 /* I don't think this is necessary because display_line does it.
8571 Let's check it. */
8572 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8573 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8574 w->region_showing
8575 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8576 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8577 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8578 && (!NILP (b->mark_active)
8579 ? Fmarker_position (b->mark)
8580 : Qnil));
8581 #endif
8582
8583 if (accurate_p)
8584 {
8585 b->clip_changed = 0;
8586 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8587 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8588 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8589 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8590 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8591 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8592 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8593 w->last_point = make_number (BUF_PT (b));
8594 else
8595 w->last_point = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
8596 }
8597 }
8598
8599 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8600 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8601
8602 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8603 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
8604 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8605 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
8606 }
8607
8608 if (accurate_p)
8609 {
8610 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8611 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8612 }
8613 else
8614 {
8615 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
8616 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
8617 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
8618 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8619 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8620 }
8621 }
8622
8623
8624 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
8625 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
8626 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
8627 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
8628
8629 Lisp_Object
8630 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
8631 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
8632 int c;
8633 {
8634 int code[4], i;
8635 Lisp_Object val;
8636
8637 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
8638 return (dp->contents[c]);
8639
8640 SPLIT_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
8641 if (code[1] < 32)
8642 code[1] = -1;
8643 else if (code[2] < 32)
8644 code[2] = -1;
8645
8646 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
8647 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
8648 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
8649 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
8650 code[0] += 128;
8651 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
8652
8653 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
8654 {
8655 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
8656 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
8657 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
8658 }
8659
8660 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
8661 it. */
8662 return (dp->defalt);
8663 }
8664
8665
8666 \f
8667 /***********************************************************************
8668 Window Redisplay
8669 ***********************************************************************/
8670
8671 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
8672
8673 static void
8674 redisplay_windows (window)
8675 Lisp_Object window;
8676 {
8677 while (!NILP (window))
8678 {
8679 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8680
8681 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8682 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
8683 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8684 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
8685 else
8686 redisplay_window (window, 0);
8687
8688 window = w->next;
8689 }
8690 }
8691
8692
8693 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
8694 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
8695 differ from current buffer positions. */
8696
8697 void
8698 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
8699 struct window *w;
8700 struct glyph_row *row;
8701 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8702 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
8703 {
8704 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8705 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
8706 int x = row->x;
8707 int pt_old = PT - delta;
8708
8709 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
8710 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
8711 frames. */
8712 if (row->displays_text_p)
8713 while (glyph < end
8714 && INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8715 && glyph->charpos < 0)
8716 {
8717 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8718 ++glyph;
8719 }
8720
8721 while (glyph < end
8722 && !INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8723 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
8724 || glyph->charpos < pt_old))
8725 {
8726 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8727 ++glyph;
8728 }
8729
8730 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8731 w->cursor.x = x;
8732 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
8733 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
8734
8735 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8736 {
8737 if (!row->continued_p
8738 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
8739 && row->x == 0)
8740 {
8741 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8742
8743 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8744 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
8745 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8746 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
8747
8748 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8749 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
8750 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8751 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
8752
8753 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8754 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
8755 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
8756 this_line_start_x = row->x;
8757 }
8758 else
8759 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8760 }
8761 }
8762
8763
8764 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
8765 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
8766
8767 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
8768
8769 static INLINE struct text_pos
8770 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
8771 Lisp_Object window;
8772 struct text_pos startp;
8773 {
8774 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8775 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
8776
8777 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8778 abort ();
8779
8780 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
8781 {
8782 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
8783 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
8784 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8785 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
8786 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8787 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8788 }
8789
8790 return startp;
8791 }
8792
8793
8794 /* Modify the desired matrix of window W and W->vscroll so that the
8795 line containing the cursor is fully visible. */
8796
8797 static void
8798 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
8799 struct window *w;
8800 {
8801 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8802 struct glyph_row *row;
8803 int window_height;
8804
8805 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
8806 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
8807 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8808 return;
8809
8810 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
8811 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
8812
8813 /* If the cursor row is not partially visible, there's nothing
8814 to do. */
8815 if (!MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
8816 return;
8817
8818 /* If the row the cursor is in is taller than the window's height,
8819 it's not clear what to do, so do nothing. */
8820 window_height = window_box_height (w);
8821 if (row->height >= window_height)
8822 return;
8823
8824 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
8825 {
8826 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
8827 w->vscroll = 0;
8828 w->cursor.y += dy;
8829 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8830 }
8831 else /* MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row)) */
8832 {
8833 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
8834 w->vscroll = dy;
8835 w->cursor.y += dy;
8836 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8837 }
8838
8839 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
8840 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
8841 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
8842 the correct y-position. */
8843 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8844 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8845 }
8846
8847
8848 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
8849 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
8850 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
8851 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
8852 the case that only the cursor has moved.
8853
8854 Value is
8855
8856 1 if scrolling succeeded
8857
8858 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
8859
8860 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
8861 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
8862
8863 static int
8864 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
8865 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step)
8866 Lisp_Object window;
8867 int just_this_one_p;
8868 int scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
8869 int temp_scroll_step;
8870 {
8871 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8872 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8873 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
8874 struct text_pos pos;
8875 struct text_pos startp;
8876 struct it it;
8877 Lisp_Object window_end;
8878 int this_scroll_margin;
8879 int dy = 0;
8880 int scroll_max;
8881 int rc;
8882 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
8883 Lisp_Object aggressive;
8884 int height;
8885
8886 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8887 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
8888 #endif
8889
8890 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8891
8892 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
8893 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
8894 if (scroll_margin > 0)
8895 {
8896 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
8897 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8898 }
8899 else
8900 this_scroll_margin = 0;
8901
8902 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
8903 into view. */
8904 if (scroll_step || scroll_conservatively || temp_scroll_step)
8905 scroll_max = max (scroll_step,
8906 max (scroll_conservatively, temp_scroll_step));
8907 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
8908 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
8909 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
8910 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
8911 there should be a variable for this. */
8912 scroll_max = 10;
8913 else
8914 scroll_max = 0;
8915 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8916
8917 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
8918 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
8919 margin. */
8920 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
8921 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
8922 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
8923 if (this_scroll_margin)
8924 {
8925 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8926 move_it_vertically (&it, - this_scroll_margin);
8927 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8928 }
8929
8930 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
8931 {
8932 int y0;
8933 #if 0
8934 int line_height;
8935 #endif
8936
8937 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
8938 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
8939
8940 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
8941 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
8942 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8943 y0 = it.current_y;
8944 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
8945 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8946 #if 0 /* Taking the line's height into account here looks wrong. */
8947 line_height = (it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
8948 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
8949 : last_height);
8950 dy = it.current_y + line_height - y0;
8951 #else
8952 /* With a scroll_margin of 0, scroll_margin_pos is at the window
8953 end, which is one line below the window. The iterator's
8954 current_y will be same as y0 in that case, but we have to
8955 scroll a line to make PT visible. That's the reason why 1 is
8956 added below. */
8957 dy = 1 + it.current_y - y0;
8958 #endif
8959
8960 if (dy > scroll_max)
8961 return 0;
8962
8963 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
8964 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
8965 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
8966 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8967
8968 if (scroll_conservatively)
8969 amount_to_scroll =
8970 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
8971 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
8972 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
8973 else
8974 {
8975 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
8976 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
8977 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
8978 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
8979 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
8980 }
8981
8982 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
8983 return 0;
8984
8985 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
8986 startp = it.current.pos;
8987 }
8988 else
8989 {
8990 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
8991 window. */
8992 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
8993 if (this_scroll_margin)
8994 {
8995 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8996 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
8997 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8998 }
8999
9000 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
9001 {
9002 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
9003 above what is displayed in the window. */
9004 int y0;
9005
9006 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
9007 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
9008 scroll_max. */
9009 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
9010 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9011 y0 = it.current_y;
9012 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
9013 it.last_visible_y, -1,
9014 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9015 dy = it.current_y - y0;
9016 if (dy > scroll_max)
9017 return 0;
9018
9019 /* Compute new window start. */
9020 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9021
9022 if (scroll_conservatively)
9023 amount_to_scroll =
9024 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9025 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9026 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9027 else
9028 {
9029 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
9030 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9031 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9032 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9033 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9034 }
9035
9036 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9037 return 0;
9038
9039 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
9040 startp = it.current.pos;
9041 }
9042 }
9043
9044 /* Run window scroll functions. */
9045 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9046
9047 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
9048 doesn't appear. */
9049 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9050 rc = -1;
9051 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9052 {
9053 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9054 rc = 0;
9055 }
9056 else
9057 {
9058 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
9059 if (!just_this_one_p
9060 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9061 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9062 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9063
9064 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line, shift display
9065 lines up or down. */
9066 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9067 rc = 1;
9068 }
9069
9070 return rc;
9071 }
9072
9073
9074 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
9075 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
9076 was computed.
9077
9078 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
9079 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
9080 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
9081
9082 static int
9083 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
9084 struct window *w;
9085 {
9086 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
9087 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
9088
9089 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
9090
9091 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
9092 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
9093 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
9094 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
9095 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
9096 {
9097 struct it it;
9098 struct glyph_row *row;
9099
9100 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
9101 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) < BEGV)
9102 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9103 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > ZV)
9104 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9105
9106 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
9107 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
9108 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
9109 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
9110 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9111 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
9112
9113 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
9114 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
9115 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
9116 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
9117 {
9118 int min_distance, distance;
9119
9120 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
9121 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
9122 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
9123 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
9124 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
9125 minimum distance from the old window start. */
9126 pos = it.current.pos;
9127 min_distance = INFINITY;
9128 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
9129 distance < min_distance)
9130 {
9131 min_distance = distance;
9132 pos = it.current.pos;
9133 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9134 }
9135
9136 /* Set the window start there. */
9137 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
9138 window_start_changed_p = 1;
9139 }
9140 }
9141
9142 return window_start_changed_p;
9143 }
9144
9145
9146 /* Try cursor movement in case text has not changes in window WINDOW,
9147 with window start STARTP. Value is
9148
9149 1 if successful
9150
9151 0 if this method cannot be used
9152
9153 -1 if we know we have to scroll the display. *SCROLL_STEP is
9154 set to 1, under certain circumstances, if we want to scroll as
9155 if scroll-step were set to 1. See the code. */
9156
9157 static int
9158 try_cursor_movement (window, startp, scroll_step)
9159 Lisp_Object window;
9160 struct text_pos startp;
9161 int *scroll_step;
9162 {
9163 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9164 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9165 int rc = 0;
9166
9167 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9168 not moved off the frame. */
9169 if (/* Point may be in this window. */
9170 PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9171 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
9172 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9173 /* Function force-mode-line-update is used to force a thorough
9174 redisplay. It sets either windows_or_buffers_changed or
9175 update_mode_lines. So don't take a shortcut here for these
9176 cases. */
9177 && !update_mode_lines
9178 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
9179 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
9180 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
9181 set the cursor. */
9182 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9183 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9184 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9185 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9186 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
9187 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
9188 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
9189 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
9190 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
9191 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
9192 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
9193 handles the same cases. */
9194 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
9195 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
9196 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
9197 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
9198 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
9199 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
9200 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
9201 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
9202 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9203 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
9204 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
9205 {
9206 int this_scroll_margin;
9207 struct glyph_row *row;
9208
9209 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9210 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
9211 #endif
9212
9213 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
9214 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
9215 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
9216 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
9217 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9218
9219 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
9220 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
9221 if (w->last_cursor.vpos < 0
9222 || w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
9223 rc = -1;
9224 else
9225 {
9226 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
9227 if (row->mode_line_p)
9228 ++row;
9229 if (!row->enabled_p)
9230 rc = -1;
9231 }
9232
9233 if (rc == 0)
9234 {
9235 int scroll_p = 0;
9236 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
9237
9238 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9239 {
9240 /* Point has moved forward. */
9241 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
9242 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
9243 {
9244 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9245 ++row;
9246 }
9247
9248 /* The end position of a row equals the start position
9249 of the next row. If PT is there, we would rather
9250 display it in the next line. */
9251 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9252 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9253 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9254 ++row;
9255
9256 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
9257 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which
9258 the next line would be drawn, and that
9259 this_scroll_margin can be zero. */
9260 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
9261 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9262 /* Line is completely visible last line in window
9263 and PT is to be set in the next line. */
9264 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
9265 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9266 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9267 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9268 scroll_p = 1;
9269 }
9270 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9271 {
9272 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
9273 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer
9274 if-statement. */
9275 while (!row->mode_line_p
9276 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
9277 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9278 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9279 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
9280 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
9281 {
9282 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9283 --row;
9284 }
9285
9286 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV,
9287 there is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that
9288 display starts at some point START > BEGV. It can
9289 happen that we are called with PT somewhere between
9290 BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9291 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
9292 || row->mode_line_p)
9293 {
9294 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9295 if (row->mode_line_p)
9296 ++row;
9297 }
9298
9299 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to
9300 skip forward over overlay strings. */
9301 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9302 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9303 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9304 ++row;
9305
9306 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
9307 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
9308 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
9309 scroll_p = 1;
9310 }
9311
9312 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9313 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9314 {
9315 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
9316 rc = -1;
9317 }
9318 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
9319 {
9320 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9321 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9322 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
9323 rc = -1;
9324 else if (row->height > window_box_height (w))
9325 {
9326 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's
9327 make it fully visible, except when it's taller
9328 than the window, in which case we can't do much
9329 about it. */
9330 *scroll_step = 1;
9331 rc = -1;
9332 }
9333 else
9334 {
9335 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9336 try_window (window, startp);
9337 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9338 rc = 1;
9339 }
9340 }
9341 else if (scroll_p)
9342 rc = -1;
9343 else
9344 {
9345 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9346 rc = 1;
9347 }
9348 }
9349 }
9350
9351 return rc;
9352 }
9353
9354
9355 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
9356 selected_window is redisplayed. */
9357
9358 static void
9359 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
9360 Lisp_Object window;
9361 int just_this_one_p;
9362 {
9363 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9364 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9365 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9366 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
9367 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
9368 int update_mode_line;
9369 int tem;
9370 struct it it;
9371 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
9372 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
9373 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
9374 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
9375 int rc;
9376
9377 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9378 opoint = lpoint;
9379
9380 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
9381 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
9382 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9383 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
9384 #endif
9385
9386 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
9387
9388 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
9389
9390 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
9391 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
9392 || update_mode_lines
9393 || buffer->clip_changed);
9394
9395 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
9396 {
9397 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
9398 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
9399 {
9400 if (update_mode_line)
9401 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
9402 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
9403 goto finish_menu_bars;
9404 else
9405 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
9406 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9407 }
9408 else if (w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window))
9409 {
9410 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
9411 active one, so clear it. */
9412 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9413 struct glyph_row *row;
9414 int y;
9415
9416 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
9417 y < yb;
9418 y += row->height, ++row)
9419 blank_row (w, row, y);
9420 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9421 }
9422 }
9423
9424 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
9425 value. */
9426 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
9427 variables. */
9428 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
9429 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9430
9431 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9432 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9433 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9434 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9435 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
9436
9437 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
9438 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
9439 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
9440 {
9441 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
9442 window start in case the window's width changed. */
9443 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
9444 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
9445
9446 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9447 }
9448
9449 /* Some sanity checks. */
9450 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
9451 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
9452 abort ();
9453 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
9454 abort ();
9455
9456 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
9457 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9458 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
9459 where no change is needed. */
9460 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
9461 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9462 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
9463 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
9464 update_mode_line = 1;
9465
9466 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
9467 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
9468 if (!just_this_one_p)
9469 {
9470 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
9471 current_base = current_buffer;
9472 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
9473 if (current_base->base_buffer)
9474 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
9475 if (window_base->base_buffer)
9476 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
9477 if (current_base == window_base)
9478 buffer_shared++;
9479 }
9480
9481 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
9482 window, set up appropriate value. */
9483 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
9484 {
9485 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
9486 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
9487 if (new_pt < BEGV)
9488 {
9489 new_pt = BEGV;
9490 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
9491 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9492 }
9493 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
9494 {
9495 new_pt = ZV;
9496 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
9497 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9498 }
9499
9500 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
9501 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
9502 }
9503
9504 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
9505 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
9506 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
9507 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
9508 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
9509 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
9510 {
9511 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
9512
9513 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
9514 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
9515 {
9516 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
9517 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
9518 BEG, Z);
9519 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
9520 }
9521 }
9522
9523 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
9524 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
9525 goto recenter;
9526
9527 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9528
9529 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
9530 check whether it can be used. */
9531 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start)
9532 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9533 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9534 {
9535 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
9536 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9537 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9538 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9539 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
9540 w->force_start = Qt;
9541 }
9542
9543 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
9544 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
9545 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
9546 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
9547 {
9548 w->force_start = Qnil;
9549 w->vscroll = 0;
9550 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9551
9552 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9553 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9554 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9555 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9556
9557 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
9558 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
9559 because we have scrolled. */
9560 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
9561 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
9562 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
9563 and having them get more errors. */
9564 if (!update_mode_line
9565 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
9566 {
9567 update_mode_line = 1;
9568 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9569 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9570 }
9571
9572 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9573 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9574 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
9575 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9576 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
9577 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9578
9579 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
9580 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
9581 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9582 {
9583 w->force_start = Qt;
9584 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9585 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9586 }
9587
9588 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
9589 {
9590 /* If point does not appear, try to move point so it does
9591 appear. The desired matrix has been built above, so we
9592 can use it here. */
9593 int window_height;
9594 struct glyph_row *row;
9595
9596 window_height = window_box_height (w) / 2;
9597 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
9598 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_height)
9599 ++row;
9600
9601 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
9602 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
9603
9604 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
9605 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
9606 else if (current_buffer == old)
9607 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9608
9609 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9610
9611 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
9612 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
9613 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9614 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9615 {
9616 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9617 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9618 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9619 }
9620 }
9621
9622 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9623 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9624 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
9625 #endif
9626 goto done;
9627 }
9628
9629 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9630 not moved off the frame. */
9631 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9632 && (rc = try_cursor_movement (window, startp, &temp_scroll_step),
9633 rc != 0))
9634 {
9635 if (rc == -1)
9636 goto try_to_scroll;
9637 else
9638 goto done;
9639 }
9640 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
9641 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
9642 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
9643 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
9644 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
9645 {
9646 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9647 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
9648 #endif
9649 goto recenter;
9650 }
9651
9652 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. */
9653 else if (/* Windows and buffers haven't changed. */
9654 !windows_or_buffers_changed
9655 /* Window must be either use window-based redisplay or
9656 be full width. */
9657 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9658 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
9659 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9660 /* Point is not known NOT to appear in window. */
9661 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9662 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified)
9663 /* Window is not hscrolled. */
9664 && XFASTINT (w->hscroll) == 0
9665 /* Selective display has not changed. */
9666 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9667 /* Current matrix is up to date. */
9668 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9669 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region because
9670 a cursor movement will do more than just set the cursor. */
9671 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9672 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9673 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9674 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9675 /* Overlay arrow position and string not changed. */
9676 && EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
9677 && EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string)
9678 /* Value is > 0 if update has been done, it is -1 if we
9679 know that the same window start will not work. It is 0
9680 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
9681 && (tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
9682 {
9683 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9684 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id %d", tem);
9685 #endif
9686
9687 if (fonts_changed_p)
9688 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9689 if (tem > 0)
9690 goto done;
9691
9692 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
9693 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
9694 }
9695 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9696 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
9697 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9698 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
9699 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
9700 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9701 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9702 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
9703 {
9704 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9705 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
9706 #endif
9707
9708 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
9709 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
9710 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9711 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9712 because a window scroll function can have changed the
9713 buffer. */
9714 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9715 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9716 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9717 {
9718 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
9719 try_window (window, startp);
9720 }
9721
9722 if (fonts_changed_p)
9723 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9724
9725 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
9726 {
9727 if (!just_this_one_p
9728 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9729 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9730 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9731 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9732
9733 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9734 goto done;
9735 }
9736 else
9737 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9738 }
9739
9740 try_to_scroll:
9741
9742 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9743 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9744
9745 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
9746 if (!update_mode_line)
9747 {
9748 update_mode_line = 1;
9749 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9750 }
9751
9752 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
9753 if ((scroll_conservatively
9754 || scroll_step
9755 || temp_scroll_step
9756 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
9757 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
9758 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9759 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9760 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9761 {
9762 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
9763 successful, 0 if not successful. */
9764 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
9765 scroll_conservatively,
9766 scroll_step,
9767 temp_scroll_step);
9768 if (rc > 0)
9769 goto done;
9770 else if (rc < 0)
9771 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9772 }
9773
9774 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
9775
9776 recenter:
9777
9778 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9779 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
9780 #endif
9781
9782 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
9783
9784 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
9785 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9786 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9787 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9788
9789 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
9790 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9791 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
9792 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, it.last_visible_y / 2);
9793 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
9794
9795 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
9796 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
9797 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
9798 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
9799 containing PT in this case. */
9800 if (it.current_y <= 0)
9801 {
9802 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9803 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
9804 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
9805 it.current_y = 0;
9806 }
9807
9808 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
9809
9810 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
9811 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
9812 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
9813
9814 /* Run scroll hooks. */
9815 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
9816
9817 /* Redisplay the window. */
9818 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9819 || windows_or_buffers_changed
9820 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9821 because it can have changed the buffer. */
9822 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9823 || !just_this_one_p
9824 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9825 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9826 try_window (window, startp);
9827
9828 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
9829 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
9830 matrices. */
9831 if (fonts_changed_p)
9832 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9833
9834 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
9835 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
9836 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
9837 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
9838 line.) */
9839 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9840 {
9841 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9842 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
9843 {
9844 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9845 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9846 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9847 }
9848 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
9849 {
9850 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9851 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
9852 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9853 }
9854 else
9855 {
9856 /* Not much we can do about it. */
9857 }
9858 }
9859
9860 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
9861 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
9862 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
9863 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9864 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9865 {
9866 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9867 if (row->mode_line_p)
9868 ++row;
9869 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9870 }
9871
9872 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9873
9874 done:
9875
9876 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9877 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9878 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
9879 ? Qt : Qnil);
9880
9881 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
9882 if ((update_mode_line
9883 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
9884 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
9885 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
9886 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
9887 || (!just_this_one_p
9888 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9889 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
9890 /* Line number to display. */
9891 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
9892 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
9893 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9894 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ()))
9895 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
9896 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9897 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
9898 {
9899 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
9900
9901 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
9902
9903 XSETFRAME (selected_frame, f);
9904 display_mode_lines (w);
9905 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
9906
9907 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9908 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9909 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9910 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9911 {
9912 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9913 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9914 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9915 }
9916
9917 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9918 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9919 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
9920 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9921 {
9922 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9923 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9924 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9925 }
9926
9927 if (fonts_changed_p)
9928 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9929 }
9930
9931 if (!line_number_displayed
9932 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
9933 {
9934 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
9935 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9936 }
9937
9938 finish_menu_bars:
9939
9940 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
9941 if (update_mode_line
9942 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
9943 {
9944 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
9945
9946 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
9947 {
9948 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
9949 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
9950 #else
9951 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
9952 #endif
9953 }
9954 else
9955 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
9956
9957 if (redisplay_menu_p)
9958 display_menu_bar (w);
9959
9960 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9961 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
9962 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
9963 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p))
9964 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
9965 #endif
9966 }
9967
9968 finish_scroll_bars:
9969
9970 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
9971 {
9972 int start, end, whole;
9973
9974 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
9975 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
9976 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
9977 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
9978 visible region.
9979
9980 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
9981 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9982 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
9983 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
9984 {
9985 whole = ZV - BEGV;
9986 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
9987 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
9988 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
9989 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
9990
9991 if (end < start)
9992 end = start;
9993 if (whole < (end - start))
9994 whole = end - start;
9995 }
9996 else
9997 start = end = whole = 0;
9998
9999 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
10000 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook (w, end - start, whole, start);
10001
10002 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
10003 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
10004 redeem_scroll_bar_hook (w);
10005 }
10006
10007 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
10008 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
10009 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
10010 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
10011
10012 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
10013 }
10014
10015
10016 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
10017 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
10018 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
10019 glyph matrices necessary. */
10020
10021 int
10022 try_window (window, pos)
10023 Lisp_Object window;
10024 struct text_pos pos;
10025 {
10026 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
10027 struct it it;
10028 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
10029
10030 /* Make POS the new window start. */
10031 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
10032
10033 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
10034 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10035 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10036
10037 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
10038 start_display (&it, w, pos);
10039
10040 /* Display all lines of W. */
10041 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10042 {
10043 if (display_line (&it))
10044 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10045 if (fonts_changed_p)
10046 return 0;
10047 }
10048
10049 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
10050 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
10051 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
10052 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10053
10054 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
10055 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
10056 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
10057 if (last_text_row)
10058 {
10059 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
10060 w->window_end_bytepos
10061 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10062 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10063 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10064 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10065 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10066 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
10067 ->displays_text_p);
10068 }
10069 else
10070 {
10071 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10072 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
10073 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
10074 }
10075
10076 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
10077 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10078 return 1;
10079 }
10080
10081
10082 \f
10083 /************************************************************************
10084 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
10085 ************************************************************************/
10086
10087 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
10088 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
10089 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
10090 W->start is the new window start. */
10091
10092 static int
10093 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
10094 struct window *w;
10095 {
10096 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10097 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
10098 struct it it;
10099 struct run run;
10100 struct text_pos start, new_start;
10101 int nrows_scrolled, i;
10102 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
10103 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
10104 struct glyph_row *start_row;
10105 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
10106
10107 if (/* This function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
10108 !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10109 /* Don't try to reuse the display if windows have been split
10110 or such. */
10111 || windows_or_buffers_changed)
10112 return 0;
10113
10114 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
10115 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
10116 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
10117 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
10118 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
10119 return 0;
10120
10121 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
10122 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
10123 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
10124 return 0;
10125
10126 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
10127 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
10128 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10129 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
10130 return 0;
10131
10132 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
10133 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
10134 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
10135 start = start_row->start.pos;
10136 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
10137
10138 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
10139 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10140
10141 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
10142 {
10143 int first_row_y;
10144
10145 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
10146
10147 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
10148 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
10149 text. Note that it.vpos == 0 if or if not there is a
10150 header-line; it's not the same as the MATRIX_ROW_VPOS! */
10151 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
10152 first_row_y = it.current_y;
10153 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10154 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
10155
10156 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10157 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
10158 && !fonts_changed_p)
10159 if (display_line (&it))
10160 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10161
10162 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
10163 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
10164 have at least one reusable row. */
10165 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10166 {
10167 /* IT.vpos always starts from 0; it counts text lines. */
10168 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
10169
10170 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
10171 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10172 {
10173 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
10174
10175 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10176 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10177 {
10178 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10179 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10180 {
10181 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
10182 dy, nrows_scrolled);
10183 break;
10184 }
10185
10186 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) + dy >= it.last_visible_y)
10187 break;
10188
10189 ++row;
10190 }
10191
10192 /* Give up if point was not found. This shouldn't
10193 happen often; not more often than with try_window
10194 itself. */
10195 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10196 {
10197 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10198 return 0;
10199 }
10200 }
10201
10202 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
10203 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
10204 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
10205 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
10206 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
10207 in. */
10208 run.current_y = first_row_y;
10209 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
10210 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
10211
10212 if (run.height > 0 && run.current_y != run.desired_y)
10213 {
10214 update_begin (f);
10215 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10216 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10217 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10218 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10219 update_end (f);
10220 }
10221
10222 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
10223 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10224 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10225 start_vpos,
10226 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10227 nrows_scrolled);
10228
10229 /* Disable lines that must be updated. */
10230 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
10231 (start_row + i)->enabled_p = 0;
10232
10233 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
10234 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10235 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10236 for (row = start_row + nrows_scrolled;
10237 row < bottom_row;
10238 ++row)
10239 {
10240 row->y = it.current_y;
10241
10242 if (row->y < min_y)
10243 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10244 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10245 row->visible_height
10246 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10247 else
10248 row->visible_height = row->height;
10249
10250 it.current_y += row->height;
10251
10252 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10253 last_reused_text_row = row;
10254 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
10255 break;
10256 }
10257
10258 /* Disable lines in the current matrix which are now
10259 below the window. */
10260 for (++row; row < bottom_row; ++row)
10261 row->enabled_p = 0;
10262 }
10263
10264 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
10265 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
10266 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
10267 containing text. */
10268 if (last_reused_text_row)
10269 {
10270 w->window_end_bytepos
10271 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
10272 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10273 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
10274 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10275 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
10276 w->current_matrix));
10277 }
10278 else if (last_text_row)
10279 {
10280 w->window_end_bytepos
10281 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10282 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10283 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10284 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10285 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10286 }
10287 else
10288 {
10289 /* This window must be completely empty. */
10290 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10291 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
10292 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
10293 }
10294 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10295
10296 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
10297 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10298
10299 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10300 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
10301 #endif
10302 return 1;
10303 }
10304 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
10305 {
10306 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
10307 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
10308 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
10309 int dy;
10310 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10311
10312 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu2"));
10313
10314 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
10315 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
10316 first_reusable_row = start_row;
10317 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10318 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
10319 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10320 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
10321 ++first_reusable_row;
10322
10323 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
10324 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
10325 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10326 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10327 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
10328 return 0;
10329
10330 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
10331 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
10332 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
10333 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
10334 first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
10335 pt_row = NULL;
10336 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb)
10337 {
10338 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
10339 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
10340 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
10341
10342 ++first_row_to_display;
10343 }
10344
10345 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
10346 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
10347 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
10348 nrows_scrolled = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix)
10349 - start_vpos);
10350 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
10351 - nrows_scrolled);
10352 it.current_y = (first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y
10353 + WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
10354
10355 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
10356 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
10357 that displays text. */
10358 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10359 if (pt_row == NULL)
10360 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10361 last_text_row = NULL;
10362 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
10363 if (display_line (&it))
10364 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10365
10366 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
10367 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10368 {
10369 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10370 return 0;
10371 }
10372
10373 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
10374 position. */
10375 if (pt_row)
10376 {
10377 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
10378 w->current_matrix);
10379 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
10380 }
10381
10382 /* Scroll the display. */
10383 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
10384 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10385 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
10386 dy = run.current_y - run.desired_y;
10387
10388 if (run.height)
10389 {
10390 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
10391 update_begin (f);
10392 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10393 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10394 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10395 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10396 update_end (f);
10397 }
10398
10399 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
10400 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10401 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10402 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10403 for (row = first_reusable_row; row < first_row_to_display; ++row)
10404 {
10405 row->y -= dy;
10406 if (row->y < min_y)
10407 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10408 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10409 row->visible_height
10410 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10411 else
10412 row->visible_height = row->height;
10413 }
10414
10415 /* Disable rows not reused. */
10416 while (row < bottom_row)
10417 {
10418 row->enabled_p = 0;
10419 ++row;
10420 }
10421
10422 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
10423 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
10424 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10425 start_vpos,
10426 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10427 -nrows_scrolled);
10428
10429 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
10430 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
10431 only its vpos can have changed. */
10432 if (last_text_row)
10433 {
10434 w->window_end_bytepos
10435 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10436 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10437 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10438 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10439 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10440 }
10441 else
10442 {
10443 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10444 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
10445 }
10446
10447 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10448 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10449
10450 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10451 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
10452 #endif
10453 return 1;
10454 }
10455
10456 return 0;
10457 }
10458
10459
10460 \f
10461 /************************************************************************
10462 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
10463 ************************************************************************/
10464
10465 static struct glyph_row *find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
10466 static struct glyph_row *find_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
10467 int *, int *));
10468 static struct glyph_row *
10469 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
10470 struct glyph_row *));
10471
10472
10473 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
10474 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
10475 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
10476 a pointer to the row found. */
10477
10478 static struct glyph_row *
10479 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
10480 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10481 struct it *it;
10482 struct glyph_row *start;
10483 {
10484 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
10485
10486 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
10487 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
10488 visible lines. */
10489 row_found = NULL;
10490 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
10491 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10492 {
10493 xassert (row->enabled_p);
10494 row_found = row;
10495 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
10496 break;
10497 ++row;
10498 }
10499
10500 return row_found;
10501 }
10502
10503
10504 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
10505 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since the
10506 last time W was redisplayed. Value is null if no such row exists.
10507
10508 The global variable beg_unchanged has to contain the number of
10509 bytes unchanged at the start of current_buffer. BEG +
10510 beg_unchanged is the buffer position of the first changed byte in
10511 current_buffer. Characters at positions < BEG + beg_unchanged are
10512 at the same buffer positions as they were when the current matrix
10513 was built. */
10514
10515 static struct glyph_row *
10516 find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
10517 struct window *w;
10518 {
10519 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
10520 struct glyph_row *row;
10521 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10522 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10523
10524 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
10525 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10526 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
10527 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
10528 {
10529 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
10530 except in some case. */
10531 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
10532 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
10533 unchanged. */
10534 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
10535 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
10536 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
10537 continued. */
10538 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
10539 && row->continued_p))
10540 row_found = row;
10541
10542 /* Stop if last visible row. */
10543 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
10544 break;
10545
10546 ++row;
10547 }
10548
10549 return row_found;
10550 }
10551
10552
10553 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
10554 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the last
10555 time the window was redisplayed. Return in *DELTA the number of
10556 chars by which buffer positions in unchanged text at the end of
10557 current_buffer must be adjusted. Return in *DELTA_BYTES the
10558 corresponding number of bytes. Value is null if no such row
10559 exists, i.e. all rows are affected by changes. */
10560
10561 static struct glyph_row *
10562 find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
10563 struct window *w;
10564 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
10565 {
10566 struct glyph_row *row;
10567 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10568
10569 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
10570
10571 /* Display must not have been paused, otherwise the current matrix
10572 is not up to date. */
10573 if (NILP (w->window_end_valid))
10574 abort ();
10575
10576 /* A value of window_end_pos >= END_UNCHANGED means that the window
10577 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
10578 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
10579 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
10580 return NULL;
10581
10582 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
10583 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10584
10585 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
10586 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10587 {
10588 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
10589 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
10590 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
10591 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
10592 positions for characters not in changed text. */
10593 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
10594 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
10595 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
10596 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
10597 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10598
10599 *delta = Z - Z_old;
10600 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
10601
10602 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
10603 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
10604 index + 1 of the last byte in current_buffer, i.e. by
10605 subtracting end_unchanged we get the index of the last
10606 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
10607 position. */
10608 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
10609 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
10610
10611 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
10612 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
10613 for (; row > first_text_row; --row)
10614 {
10615 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10616 abort ();
10617
10618 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
10619 row_found = row;
10620 }
10621 }
10622
10623 if (row_found && !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found))
10624 abort ();
10625
10626 return row_found;
10627 }
10628
10629
10630 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
10631 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
10632 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
10633 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
10634 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
10635
10636 static void
10637 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
10638 struct window *w;
10639 {
10640 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10641 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
10642
10643 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
10644 must have a frame matrix. */
10645 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
10646 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
10647 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
10648
10649 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
10650 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
10651 corresponding frame matrix. */
10652 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
10653 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
10654 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
10655 while (window_row < window_row_end)
10656 {
10657 int area;
10658
10659 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area)
10660 frame_row->glyphs[area] = window_row->glyphs[area];
10661
10662 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
10663 been disabled in try_window_id. */
10664 if (!window_row->enabled_p)
10665 frame_row->enabled_p = 0;
10666
10667 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
10668 }
10669 }
10670
10671
10672 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
10673 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
10674 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
10675 containing CHARPOS or null. */
10676
10677 static struct glyph_row *
10678 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end)
10679 struct window *w;
10680 int charpos;
10681 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
10682 {
10683 struct glyph_row *row = start;
10684 int last_y;
10685
10686 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
10687 if (row->mode_line_p)
10688 ++row;
10689
10690 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
10691 return NULL;
10692
10693 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10694
10695 while ((end == NULL || row < end)
10696 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
10697 /* The end position of a row equals the start
10698 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
10699 would rather display it in the next line, except
10700 when this line ends in ZV. */
10701 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
10702 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
10703 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
10704 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
10705 ++row;
10706
10707 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
10708 if ((end && row >= end)
10709 || charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10710 || charpos > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10711 row = NULL;
10712
10713 return row;
10714 }
10715
10716
10717 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
10718 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
10719 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
10720
10721 Value is
10722
10723 1 if display has been updated
10724 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
10725 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
10726
10727 The following steps are performed:
10728
10729 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
10730 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
10731 is found, give up.
10732
10733 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
10734 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
10735
10736 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
10737 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
10738 the window.
10739
10740 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
10741
10742 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
10743 display and current matrix as needed.
10744
10745 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
10746 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
10747 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
10748 in smaller font sizes.
10749
10750 7. Update W's window end information. */
10751
10752 /* Check that window end is what we expect it to be. */
10753
10754 static int
10755 try_window_id (w)
10756 struct window *w;
10757 {
10758 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10759 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
10760 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
10761 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10762 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
10763 struct glyph_row *row;
10764 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
10765 int bottom_vpos;
10766 struct it it;
10767 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
10768 struct text_pos start_pos;
10769 struct run run;
10770 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
10771 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
10772 struct text_pos start;
10773
10774 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
10775
10776 /* Check pre-conditions. Window end must be valid, otherwise
10777 the current matrix would not be up to date. */
10778 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
10779 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
10780 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)));
10781
10782 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
10783 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
10784 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
10785 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
10786 if (MODIFF > SAVE_MODIFF
10787 /* This seems to happen sometimes after saving a buffer. */
10788 || BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED > Z_BYTE)
10789 {
10790 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
10791 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
10792 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
10793 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
10794 }
10795
10796 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
10797 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
10798 This case happens with stealth-fontification. Note that although
10799 the display is unchanged, glyph positions in the matrix have to
10800 be adjusted, of course. */
10801 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10802 if (CHARPOS (start) > BEGV
10803 && Z - END_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (start) - 1
10804 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n'
10805 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10806 {
10807 struct glyph_row *r0 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
10808 int delta = CHARPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r0);
10809
10810 if (delta)
10811 {
10812 struct glyph_row *r1 = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
10813 int delta_bytes = BYTEPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (r0);
10814
10815 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
10816 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r0, current_matrix),
10817 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r1, current_matrix),
10818 delta, delta_bytes);
10819 }
10820
10821 #if 0 /* If changes are all in front of the window start, the
10822 distance of the last displayed glyph from Z hasn't
10823 changed. */
10824 w->window_end_pos
10825 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10826 w->window_end_bytepos
10827 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10828 #endif
10829
10830 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, r0, NULL);
10831 if (row == NULL)
10832 return 0;
10833
10834 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10835 return 1;
10836 }
10837
10838 /* Return quickly if changes are all below what is displayed in the
10839 window, and if PT is in the window. */
10840 if (BEG_UNCHANGED > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
10841 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10842 {
10843 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
10844 size has changed. */
10845 w->window_end_pos
10846 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10847 w->window_end_bytepos
10848 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10849
10850 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10851 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, row, NULL);
10852 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10853 return 2;
10854 }
10855
10856 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
10857 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
10858 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
10859 comparable. */
10860 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10861 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
10862 return 0;
10863
10864 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
10865 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
10866 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
10867 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
10868 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
10869 first line of window. */
10870 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
10871 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10872 {
10873 /* Avoid starting to display in the moddle of a character, a TAB
10874 for instance. This is easier than to set up the iterator
10875 exactly, and it's not a frequent case, so the additional
10876 effort wouldn't really pay off. */
10877 while (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10878 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row > w->current_matrix->rows)
10879 --last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10880
10881 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row))
10882 return 0;
10883
10884 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10885 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10886
10887 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
10888 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
10889 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
10890 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
10891 current_matrix);
10892 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10893 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10894
10895 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
10896 }
10897 else
10898 {
10899 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
10900 Start displaying in the first line. */
10901 start_display (&it, w, start);
10902 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10903 }
10904
10905 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
10906 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
10907 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
10908 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
10909 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
10910 changes. */
10911 first_unchanged_at_end_row
10912 = find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
10913 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
10914 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
10915
10916 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
10917 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
10918 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
10919 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
10920 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
10921 stop_pos = 0;
10922 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10923 {
10924 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
10925 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10926
10927 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
10928 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
10929 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
10930 not displaying text. */
10931 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10932 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10933 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10934 < it.last_visible_y))
10935 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
10936
10937 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10938 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10939 >= it.last_visible_y))
10940 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
10941 else
10942 {
10943 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10944 + delta);
10945 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
10946 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
10947 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
10948 }
10949 }
10950 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
10951 return 0;
10952
10953
10954 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10955
10956 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
10957 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
10958 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
10959 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10960 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
10961
10962 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
10963 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
10964 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
10965 : -1);
10966 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
10967
10968 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
10969
10970
10971 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
10972 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
10973 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
10974 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10975 last_text_row = NULL;
10976 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10977 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10978 && !fonts_changed_p
10979 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10980 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
10981 {
10982 if (display_line (&it))
10983 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10984 }
10985
10986 if (fonts_changed_p)
10987 return -1;
10988
10989
10990 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
10991 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
10992 scroll. */
10993 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
10994 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
10995 bottom of the window. */
10996 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10997 {
10998 dvpos = (it.vpos
10999 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
11000 current_matrix));
11001 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11002 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11003 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
11004 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
11005 }
11006 else
11007 {
11008 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
11009 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
11010 }
11011 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
11012
11013
11014 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
11015 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
11016 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
11017 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
11018 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
11019 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
11020 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
11021 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
11022 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11023 {
11024 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
11025 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
11026 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11027 {
11028 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
11029 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
11030 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1);
11031 if (row)
11032 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11033 }
11034
11035 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
11036 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11037 {
11038 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
11039 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL);
11040 if (row)
11041 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
11042 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
11043 }
11044
11045 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
11046 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11047 {
11048 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11049 return -1;
11050 }
11051 }
11052
11053 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
11054 {
11055 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
11056
11057 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
11058 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
11059 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
11060 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
11061 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
11062
11063 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
11064 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
11065 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
11066 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
11067 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
11068 {
11069 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11070 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11071 return -1;
11072 }
11073 }
11074
11075 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
11076 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
11077 found. */
11078 if (dy && run.height)
11079 {
11080 update_begin (f);
11081
11082 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11083 {
11084 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
11085 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
11086 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
11087 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
11088 }
11089 else
11090 {
11091 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
11092 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
11093 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11094 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
11095 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11096 int end = XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w);
11097
11098 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
11099 if (dvpos > 0)
11100 {
11101 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
11102 window down dvpos lines. */
11103 set_terminal_window (end);
11104
11105 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
11106 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
11107 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11108 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
11109
11110 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
11111 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
11112 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
11113 }
11114 else if (dvpos < 0)
11115 {
11116 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
11117 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
11118 set_terminal_window (end);
11119
11120 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
11121 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
11122 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
11123 line sequences. */
11124 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
11125
11126 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
11127 end. */
11128 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11129 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
11130 }
11131
11132 set_terminal_window (0);
11133 }
11134
11135 update_end (f);
11136 }
11137
11138 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
11139 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
11140 text. */
11141 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
11142 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
11143 if (dvpos < 0)
11144 {
11145 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11146 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11147 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
11148 bottom_vpos, 0);
11149 }
11150 else if (dvpos > 0)
11151 {
11152 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11153 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11154 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11155 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
11156 }
11157
11158 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
11159 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
11160 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11161 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
11162
11163 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
11164 if (delta)
11165 increment_matrix_positions (current_matrix,
11166 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11167 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
11168
11169 /* Adjust Y positions. */
11170 if (dy)
11171 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
11172 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11173 bottom_vpos, dy);
11174
11175 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11176 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
11177
11178 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
11179 the window. */
11180 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
11181 if (dy < 0)
11182 {
11183 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
11184 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
11185 the matrix by dvpos. */
11186 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
11187 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
11188
11189 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
11190 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
11191
11192 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
11193 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
11194 line following it. */
11195 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
11196 {
11197 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
11198 it.vpos = last_vpos;
11199 it.current_y = last_row->y;
11200 }
11201 else
11202 {
11203 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
11204 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
11205 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
11206 ++last_row;
11207 }
11208
11209 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to get
11210 the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
11211 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
11212 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
11213
11214 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
11215 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
11216 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11217 && !fonts_changed_p)
11218 {
11219 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
11220 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
11221 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
11222 enabled_p flag to zero. */
11223 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
11224 if (display_line (&it))
11225 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
11226 }
11227 }
11228
11229 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
11230 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11231 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
11232 && !last_text_row_at_end)
11233 {
11234 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
11235 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
11236 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
11237 scrolling. */
11238 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
11239 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
11240 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
11241 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
11242
11243 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
11244 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
11245 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11246 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
11247 }
11248 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
11249 {
11250 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
11251 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
11252 w->window_end_bytepos
11253 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
11254 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11255 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
11256 }
11257 else if (last_text_row)
11258 {
11259 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
11260 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
11261 in the desired matrix. */
11262 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
11263 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
11264 w->window_end_bytepos
11265 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
11266 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11267 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
11268 }
11269 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11270 && last_text_row == NULL
11271 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
11272 {
11273 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
11274 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
11275 int vpos;
11276 int header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
11277
11278 for (vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos); vpos > 0; --vpos)
11279 if ((w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11280 && w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p)
11281 || (!w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11282 && w->current_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p))
11283 break;
11284
11285 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos);
11286 }
11287 else
11288 abort ();
11289
11290 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
11291 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11292
11293 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
11294 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
11295 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
11296 return 3;
11297 }
11298
11299
11300 \f
11301 /***********************************************************************
11302 More debugging support
11303 ***********************************************************************/
11304
11305 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11306
11307 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int));
11308 void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
11309
11310
11311 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr.
11312
11313 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
11314 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
11315 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
11316
11317 void
11318 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, glyphs)
11319 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11320 int glyphs;
11321 {
11322 int i;
11323 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
11324 dump_glyph_row (matrix, i, glyphs);
11325 }
11326
11327
11328 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
11329 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
11330 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
11331 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
11332
11333 void
11334 dump_glyph_row (matrix, vpos, glyphs)
11335 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11336 int vpos, glyphs;
11337 {
11338 struct glyph_row *row;
11339
11340 if (vpos < 0 || vpos >= matrix->nrows)
11341 return;
11342
11343 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos);
11344
11345 if (glyphs != 1)
11346 {
11347 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZFes X Y W H V A P\n");
11348 fprintf (stderr, "=======================================================================\n");
11349
11350 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d\
11351 %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d\n",
11352 row - matrix->rows,
11353 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
11354 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
11355 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
11356 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
11357 row->enabled_p,
11358 row->inverse_p,
11359 row->truncated_on_left_p,
11360 row->truncated_on_right_p,
11361 row->overlay_arrow_p,
11362 row->continued_p,
11363 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
11364 row->displays_text_p,
11365 row->ends_at_zv_p,
11366 row->fill_line_p,
11367 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p,
11368 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p,
11369 row->x,
11370 row->y,
11371 row->pixel_width,
11372 row->height,
11373 row->visible_height,
11374 row->ascent,
11375 row->phys_ascent);
11376 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
11377 row->end.overlay_string_index);
11378 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
11379 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
11380 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
11381 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
11382 row->end.dpvec_index);
11383 }
11384
11385 if (glyphs > 1)
11386 {
11387 struct glyph *glyph, *glyph_end;
11388 int prev_had_glyphs_p;
11389
11390 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11391 glyph_end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11392
11393 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
11394 if (glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
11395 ++glyph_end;
11396
11397 if (glyph < glyph_end)
11398 {
11399 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos O W Code C Face LR\n");
11400 prev_had_glyphs_p = 1;
11401 }
11402 else
11403 prev_had_glyphs_p = 0;
11404
11405 while (glyph < glyph_end)
11406 {
11407 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
11408 {
11409 fprintf (stderr,
11410 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11411 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11412 'C',
11413 glyph->charpos,
11414 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11415 ? 'B'
11416 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11417 ? 'S'
11418 : '-')),
11419 glyph->pixel_width,
11420 glyph->u.ch,
11421 (glyph->u.ch < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch >= ' '
11422 ? glyph->u.ch
11423 : '.'),
11424 glyph->face_id,
11425 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11426 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11427 }
11428 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
11429 {
11430 fprintf (stderr,
11431 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11432 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11433 'S',
11434 glyph->charpos,
11435 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11436 ? 'B'
11437 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11438 ? 'S'
11439 : '-')),
11440 glyph->pixel_width,
11441 0,
11442 '.',
11443 glyph->face_id,
11444 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11445 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11446 }
11447 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
11448 {
11449 fprintf (stderr,
11450 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11451 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11452 'I',
11453 glyph->charpos,
11454 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11455 ? 'B'
11456 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11457 ? 'S'
11458 : '-')),
11459 glyph->pixel_width,
11460 glyph->u.img_id,
11461 '.',
11462 glyph->face_id,
11463 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11464 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11465 }
11466 ++glyph;
11467 }
11468 }
11469 else if (glyphs == 1)
11470 {
11471 char *s = (char *) alloca (row->used[TEXT_AREA] + 1);
11472 int i;
11473
11474 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
11475 {
11476 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i;
11477 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11478 && glyph->u.ch < 0x80
11479 && glyph->u.ch >= ' ')
11480 s[i] = glyph->u.ch;
11481 else
11482 s[i] = '.';
11483 }
11484
11485 s[i] = '\0';
11486 fprintf (stderr, "%3d: (%d) '%s'\n", vpos, row->enabled_p, s);
11487 }
11488 }
11489
11490
11491 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
11492 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
11493 "Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.\n\
11494 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil\n\
11495 parameter GLYPHS, dump glyphs as well. If GLYPHS is 1 show\n\
11496 glyphs in short form, otherwise show glyphs in long form.")
11497 (glyphs)
11498 Lisp_Object glyphs;
11499 {
11500 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
11501 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11502
11503 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
11504 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
11505 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
11506 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
11507 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
11508 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix,
11509 NILP (glyphs) ? 0 : XINT (glyphs));
11510 return Qnil;
11511 }
11512
11513
11514 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 2, "",
11515 "Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.\n\
11516 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.\n\
11517 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.\n\
11518 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form.")
11519 (row, glyphs)
11520 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
11521 {
11522 CHECK_NUMBER (row, 0);
11523 dump_glyph_row (XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix,
11524 XINT (row),
11525 INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
11526 return Qnil;
11527 }
11528
11529
11530 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row,
11531 0, 0, "", "")
11532 ()
11533 {
11534 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
11535 struct glyph_matrix *m = (XWINDOW (sf->tool_bar_window)
11536 ->current_matrix);
11537 dump_glyph_row (m, 0, 1);
11538 return Qnil;
11539 }
11540
11541
11542 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay-toggle", Ftrace_redisplay_toggle,
11543 Strace_redisplay_toggle, 0, 0, "",
11544 "Toggle tracing of redisplay.")
11545 ()
11546 {
11547 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
11548 return Qnil;
11549 }
11550
11551
11552 DEFUN ("trace-to-stderr", Ftrace_to_stderr, Strace_to_stderr, 1, 1, "",
11553 "Print STRING to stderr.")
11554 (string)
11555 Lisp_Object string;
11556 {
11557 CHECK_STRING (string, 0);
11558 fprintf (stderr, "%s", XSTRING (string)->data);
11559 return Qnil;
11560 }
11561
11562 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11563
11564
11565 \f
11566 /***********************************************************************
11567 Building Desired Matrix Rows
11568 ***********************************************************************/
11569
11570 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
11571 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
11572
11573 static struct glyph_row *
11574 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
11575 struct window *w;
11576 {
11577 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11578 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11579 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
11580 unsigned char *arrow_string = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->data;
11581 int arrow_len = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->size;
11582 unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
11583 unsigned char *p;
11584 struct it it;
11585 int multibyte_p;
11586 int n_glyphs_before;
11587
11588 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
11589 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
11590 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11591 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
11592
11593 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
11594 p = arrow_string;
11595 while (p < arrow_end)
11596 {
11597 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
11598
11599 /* Get the next character. */
11600 if (multibyte_p)
11601 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
11602 else
11603 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
11604 p += it.len;
11605
11606 /* Get its face. */
11607 XSETFASTINT (ilisp, p - arrow_string);
11608 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
11609 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
11610
11611 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
11612 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11613 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
11614 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
11615
11616 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
11617 to remove some glyphs. */
11618 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
11619 {
11620 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
11621 break;
11622 }
11623 }
11624
11625 set_buffer_temp (old);
11626 return it.glyph_row;
11627 }
11628
11629
11630 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
11631 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
11632 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
11633 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
11634 produce_special_glyphs. */
11635
11636 static void
11637 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
11638 struct it *it;
11639 {
11640 struct it truncate_it;
11641 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
11642
11643 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
11644
11645 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
11646 truncate_it = *it;
11647 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
11648 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11649 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
11650 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11651 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
11652 truncate_it.object = make_number (0);
11653 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
11654
11655 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
11656 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11657 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11658 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11659 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11660
11661 while (from < end)
11662 *to++ = *from++;
11663
11664 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Remove them. */
11665 from = to;
11666 while (from < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*from))
11667 ++from;
11668 while (from < toend)
11669 *to++ = *from++;
11670
11671 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11672 }
11673
11674
11675 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
11676
11677 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
11678 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
11679 structure. This is not the case if
11680
11681 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
11682 and max_height will be zero.
11683
11684 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
11685 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
11686 pixmap extensions).
11687
11688 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
11689 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
11690 must not be zero. */
11691
11692 static void
11693 compute_line_metrics (it)
11694 struct it *it;
11695 {
11696 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
11697 int area, i;
11698
11699 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11700 {
11701 int i, header_line_height;
11702
11703 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
11704 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
11705 computed yet. */
11706 if (row->height == 0)
11707 {
11708 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
11709 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
11710 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
11711 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
11712 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
11713 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
11714 }
11715
11716 /* Compute the width of this line. */
11717 row->pixel_width = row->x;
11718 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
11719 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
11720
11721 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
11722 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
11723
11724 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
11725 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
11726
11727 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
11728 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
11729 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
11730 if (row == MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
11731 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
11732 {
11733 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
11734 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
11735 }
11736
11737 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
11738 row->visible_height = row->height;
11739
11740 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
11741 if (row->y < header_line_height)
11742 row->visible_height -= header_line_height - row->y;
11743 else
11744 {
11745 int max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
11746 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
11747 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
11748 }
11749 }
11750 else
11751 {
11752 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11753 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
11754 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
11755 }
11756
11757 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
11758 row->hash = 0;
11759 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
11760 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
11761 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
11762 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
11763 + row->glyphs[area][i].face_id
11764 + row->glyphs[area][i].padding_p
11765 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
11766
11767 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
11768 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
11769 }
11770
11771
11772 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
11773 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
11774 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
11775 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
11776
11777 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
11778 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
11779 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
11780 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
11781
11782 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
11783 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
11784
11785 static int
11786 append_space (it, default_face_p)
11787 struct it *it;
11788 int default_face_p;
11789 {
11790 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11791 {
11792 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11793
11794 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
11795 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
11796 {
11797 /* Save some values that must not be changed.
11798 Must save IT->c and IT->len because otherwise
11799 ITERATOR_AT_END_P wouldn't work anymore after
11800 append_space has been called. */
11801 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
11802 int saved_c = it->c, saved_len = it->len;
11803 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11804 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
11805 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11806 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11807 struct face *face;
11808
11809 saved_object = it->object;
11810 saved_pos = it->position;
11811
11812 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11813 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11814 it->object = make_number (0);
11815 it->c = ' ';
11816 it->len = 1;
11817
11818 if (default_face_p)
11819 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11820 else if (it->face_before_selective_p)
11821 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
11822 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
11823 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, 0);
11824
11825 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11826
11827 it->current_x = saved_x;
11828 it->object = saved_object;
11829 it->position = saved_pos;
11830 it->what = saved_what;
11831 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
11832 it->len = saved_len;
11833 it->c = saved_c;
11834 return 1;
11835 }
11836 }
11837
11838 return 0;
11839 }
11840
11841
11842 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
11843 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
11844 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
11845 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
11846
11847 static void
11848 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
11849 struct it *it;
11850 {
11851 struct face *face;
11852 struct frame *f = it->f;
11853
11854 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
11855 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
11856 return;
11857
11858 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
11859 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
11860 of the frame, we don't have to do anything. */
11861 if (it->face_before_selective_p)
11862 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->saved_face_id);
11863 else
11864 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
11865
11866 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
11867 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
11868 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
11869 && !face->stipple)
11870 return;
11871
11872 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
11873 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
11874 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
11875
11876 /* If current character of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
11877 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
11878 get_next_display_element returns a multibyte character. Note
11879 that the character will always be single byte in unibyte text. */
11880 if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
11881 {
11882 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, 0);
11883 }
11884
11885 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11886 {
11887 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
11888 so that we know which face to draw. */
11889 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
11890 {
11891 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
11892 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].face_id = it->face_id;
11893 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
11894 }
11895 }
11896 else
11897 {
11898 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
11899 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11900 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11901 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11902 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
11903 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
11904
11905 saved_object = it->object;
11906 saved_pos = it->position;
11907
11908 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11909 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11910 it->object = make_number (0);
11911 it->c = ' ';
11912 it->len = 1;
11913 it->face_id = face->id;
11914
11915 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11916
11917 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
11918 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11919
11920 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
11921 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
11922 it->current_x = saved_x;
11923 it->object = saved_object;
11924 it->position = saved_pos;
11925 it->what = saved_what;
11926 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
11927 }
11928 }
11929
11930
11931 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
11932 trailing whitespace. */
11933
11934 static int
11935 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
11936 int charpos;
11937 {
11938 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
11939 int c = 0;
11940
11941 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
11942 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
11943 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
11944 ++bytepos;
11945
11946 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
11947 {
11948 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
11949 return 1;
11950 }
11951 return 0;
11952 }
11953
11954
11955 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
11956
11957 void
11958 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
11959 struct frame *f;
11960 struct glyph_row *row;
11961 {
11962 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11963
11964 if (used)
11965 {
11966 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11967 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
11968
11969 /* Skip over the space glyph inserted to display the
11970 cursor at the end of a line. */
11971 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11972 && glyph->u.ch == ' '
11973 && INTEGERP (glyph->object))
11974 --glyph;
11975
11976 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
11977 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
11978 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
11979 if (glyph >= start
11980 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11981 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
11982 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11983 && glyph->u.ch == ' '))
11984 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
11985 {
11986 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace, 0);
11987
11988 while (glyph >= start
11989 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11990 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
11991 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11992 && glyph->u.ch == ' ')))
11993 (glyph--)->face_id = face_id;
11994 }
11995 }
11996 }
11997
11998
11999 /* Value is non-zero if glyph row ROW in window W should be
12000 used to hold the cursor. */
12001
12002 static int
12003 cursor_row_p (w, row)
12004 struct window *w;
12005 struct glyph_row *row;
12006 {
12007 int cursor_row_p = 1;
12008
12009 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
12010 {
12011 /* If the row ends with a newline from a string, we don't want
12012 the cursor there (if the row is continued it doesn't end in a
12013 newline). */
12014 if (CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos) >= 0
12015 || MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
12016 cursor_row_p = row->continued_p;
12017
12018 /* If the row ends at ZV, display the cursor at the end of that
12019 row instead of at the start of the row below. */
12020 else if (row->ends_at_zv_p)
12021 cursor_row_p = 1;
12022 else
12023 cursor_row_p = 0;
12024 }
12025
12026 return cursor_row_p;
12027 }
12028
12029
12030 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
12031 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
12032 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
12033 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
12034 only. */
12035
12036 static int
12037 display_line (it)
12038 struct it *it;
12039 {
12040 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12041
12042 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
12043 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
12044
12045 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
12046 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
12047 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
12048
12049 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
12050 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
12051
12052 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
12053 prepare_desired_row (row);
12054
12055 row->y = it->current_y;
12056 row->start = it->current;
12057 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
12058 row->displays_text_p = 1;
12059 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p;
12060 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 0;
12061
12062 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
12063 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
12064 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
12065 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
12066 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
12067 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
12068
12069 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
12070 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
12071 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
12072 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
12073 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
12074 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
12075
12076 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
12077 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
12078 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12079 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12080 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12081 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12082
12083 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
12084 character to display. */
12085 while (1)
12086 {
12087 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
12088 int x, i, nglyphs;
12089 int ascent = 0, descent = 0, phys_ascent = 0, phys_descent = 0;
12090
12091 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
12092 buffer reached. */
12093 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
12094 {
12095 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
12096 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
12097 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
12098 to -1. */
12099 if ((append_space (it, 1) && row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 1)
12100 || row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
12101 {
12102 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
12103 row->displays_text_p = 0;
12104
12105 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines))
12106 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
12107 }
12108
12109 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12110 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
12111 break;
12112 }
12113
12114 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
12115 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
12116 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12117 x = it->current_x;
12118
12119 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
12120 fit on the line. */
12121 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
12122 {
12123 ascent = it->max_ascent;
12124 descent = it->max_descent;
12125 phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12126 phys_descent = it->max_phys_descent;
12127 }
12128
12129 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12130
12131 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
12132 the next one. */
12133 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
12134 {
12135 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12136 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12137 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12138 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12139 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12140 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12141 continue;
12142 }
12143
12144 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
12145 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
12146 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
12147 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
12148 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
12149 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
12150 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
12151 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
12152 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
12153 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
12154 hpos_before = it->hpos;
12155 x_before = x;
12156
12157 if (nglyphs == 1
12158 && it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
12159 {
12160 ++it->hpos;
12161 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12162 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12163 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12164 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12165 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12166 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
12167 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12168 }
12169 else
12170 {
12171 int new_x;
12172 struct glyph *glyph;
12173
12174 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
12175 {
12176 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
12177 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
12178
12179 if (/* Lines are continued. */
12180 !it->truncate_lines_p
12181 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
12182 new_x > it->last_visible_x
12183 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
12184 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12185 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
12186 {
12187 /* End of a continued line. */
12188
12189 if (it->hpos == 0
12190 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12191 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
12192 {
12193 /* Current glyph is the only one on the line or
12194 fits exactly on the line. We must continue
12195 the line because we can't draw the cursor
12196 after the glyph. */
12197 row->continued_p = 1;
12198 it->current_x = new_x;
12199 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
12200 ++it->hpos;
12201 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
12202 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12203 }
12204 else if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph)
12205 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12206 {
12207 /* A padding glyph that doesn't fit on this line.
12208 This means the whole character doesn't fit
12209 on the line. */
12210 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
12211
12212 /* Fill the rest of the row with continuation
12213 glyphs like in 20.x. */
12214 while (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA]
12215 < row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
12216 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12217
12218 row->continued_p = 1;
12219 it->current_x = x_before;
12220 it->continuation_lines_width += x_before;
12221
12222 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12223 element not fitting on the line. */
12224 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12225 it->max_descent = descent;
12226 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12227 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12228 }
12229 else
12230 {
12231 /* Display element draws past the right edge of
12232 the window. Restore positions to values
12233 before the element. The next line starts
12234 with current_x before the glyph that could
12235 not be displayed, so that TAB works right. */
12236 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
12237
12238 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
12239 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12240 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12241 row->continued_p = 1;
12242
12243 it->current_x = x;
12244 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
12245 if (nglyphs > 1 && i > 0)
12246 {
12247 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12248 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12249 }
12250
12251 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12252 element not fitting on the line. */
12253 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12254 it->max_descent = descent;
12255 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12256 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12257 }
12258
12259 break;
12260 }
12261 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
12262 {
12263 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
12264 ++it->hpos;
12265
12266 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
12267 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
12268 negative X position. */
12269 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12270 }
12271 else
12272 {
12273 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
12274 window. This should not happen because of the
12275 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
12276 this function. */
12277 abort ();
12278 }
12279 }
12280
12281 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12282 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12283 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12284 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12285 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12286
12287 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
12288 if (row->continued_p)
12289 break;
12290 }
12291
12292 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
12293 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
12294 margin of the window. */
12295 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
12296 {
12297 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12298
12299 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
12300 display the cursor there. */
12301 append_space (it, 0);
12302
12303 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
12304 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
12305
12306 /* Make sure we have the position. */
12307 if (used_before == 0)
12308 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
12309
12310 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
12311 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12312 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12313 break;
12314 }
12315
12316 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
12317 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
12318 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12319
12320 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
12321 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
12322 if (it->truncate_lines_p
12323 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
12324 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12325 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
12326 {
12327 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
12328 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12329 {
12330 int i, n;
12331
12332 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
12333 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
12334 break;
12335
12336 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
12337 {
12338 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
12339 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12340 }
12341 }
12342
12343 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
12344 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12345 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
12346 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
12347 it->hpos = hpos_before;
12348 it->current_x = x_before;
12349 break;
12350 }
12351 }
12352
12353 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
12354 at the left window margin. */
12355 if (it->first_visible_x
12356 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
12357 {
12358 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12359 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
12360 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
12361 }
12362
12363 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
12364 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
12365 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
12366 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
12367 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
12368 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
12369 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12370 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
12371 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
12372 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
12373 {
12374 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a bitmap. */
12375 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12376 {
12377 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
12378 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12379 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12380 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12381 struct glyph *p2, *end;
12382
12383 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
12384 while (glyph < arrow_end)
12385 *p++ = *glyph++;
12386
12387 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
12388 p2 = p;
12389 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12390 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
12391 ++p2;
12392 if (p2 > p)
12393 {
12394 while (p2 < end)
12395 *p++ = *p2++;
12396 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12397 }
12398 }
12399
12400 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
12401 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
12402 }
12403
12404 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
12405 compute_line_metrics (it);
12406
12407 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
12408 row->end = it->current;
12409
12410 /* Maybe set the cursor. */
12411 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
12412 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12413 && PT <= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
12414 && cursor_row_p (it->w, row))
12415 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
12416
12417 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
12418 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
12419 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
12420
12421 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
12422 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
12423 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
12424 row to be used. */
12425 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
12426 it->current_y += row->height;
12427 ++it->vpos;
12428 ++it->glyph_row;
12429 return row->displays_text_p;
12430 }
12431
12432
12433 \f
12434 /***********************************************************************
12435 Menu Bar
12436 ***********************************************************************/
12437
12438 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
12439
12440 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
12441 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
12442
12443 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
12444 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
12445 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
12446 for the menu bar. */
12447
12448 static void
12449 display_menu_bar (w)
12450 struct window *w;
12451 {
12452 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
12453 struct it it;
12454 Lisp_Object items;
12455 int i;
12456
12457 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
12458 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
12459 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
12460 return;
12461 #endif
12462 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12463 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
12464 return;
12465 #endif
12466 #ifdef macintosh
12467 if (FRAME_MAC_P (f))
12468 return;
12469 #endif
12470
12471 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12472 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
12473 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MENU_FACE_ID);
12474 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12475 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12476 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12477 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12478 {
12479 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
12480 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
12481 struct window *menu_w;
12482 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
12483 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
12484 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
12485 MENU_FACE_ID);
12486 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12487 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12488 }
12489 else
12490 {
12491 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
12492 pixel x/y. */
12493 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
12494 MENU_FACE_ID);
12495 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12496 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
12497 }
12498 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12499
12500 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12501 /* Force the menu-bar to be displayed in the default face. */
12502 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12503
12504 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
12505 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
12506 {
12507 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
12508 clear_glyph_row (row);
12509 row->enabled_p = 1;
12510 row->full_width_p = 1;
12511 }
12512
12513 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
12514 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
12515 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
12516 {
12517 Lisp_Object string;
12518
12519 /* Stop at nil string. */
12520 string = XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 1];
12521 if (NILP (string))
12522 break;
12523
12524 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
12525 XSETFASTINT (XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 3], it.hpos);
12526
12527 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
12528 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12529 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
12530 XSTRING (string)->size + 1, 0, 0, -1);
12531 }
12532
12533 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
12534 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12535 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
12536
12537 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
12538 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12539 }
12540
12541
12542 \f
12543 /***********************************************************************
12544 Mode Line
12545 ***********************************************************************/
12546
12547 /* Redisplay mode lines in the window tree whose root is WINDOW. If
12548 FORCE is non-zero, redisplay mode lines unconditionally.
12549 Otherwise, redisplay only mode lines that are garbaged. Value is
12550 the number of windows whose mode lines were redisplayed. */
12551
12552 static int
12553 redisplay_mode_lines (window, force)
12554 Lisp_Object window;
12555 int force;
12556 {
12557 int nwindows = 0;
12558
12559 while (!NILP (window))
12560 {
12561 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
12562
12563 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
12564 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->hchild, force);
12565 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
12566 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->vchild, force);
12567 else if (force
12568 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
12569 || !MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->enabled_p)
12570 {
12571 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
12572 struct text_pos lpoint;
12573 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
12574
12575 /* Set the window's buffer for the mode line display. */
12576 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
12577 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
12578
12579 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any
12580 other window, set up appropriate value. */
12581 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
12582 {
12583 struct text_pos pt;
12584
12585 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (pt, w->pointm);
12586 if (CHARPOS (pt) < BEGV)
12587 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
12588 else if (CHARPOS (pt) > (ZV - 1))
12589 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (ZV, ZV_BYTE);
12590 else
12591 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
12592 }
12593
12594 /* Temporarily set up the selected frame. */
12595 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
12596 selected_frame = w->frame;
12597
12598 /* Display mode lines. */
12599 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
12600 if (display_mode_lines (w))
12601 {
12602 ++nwindows;
12603 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
12604 }
12605
12606 /* Restore old settings. */
12607 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
12608 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
12609 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
12610 }
12611
12612 window = w->next;
12613 }
12614
12615 return nwindows;
12616 }
12617
12618
12619 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. Value is the number
12620 of mode lines displayed. */
12621
12622 static int
12623 display_mode_lines (w)
12624 struct window *w;
12625 {
12626 int n = 0;
12627
12628 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
12629 line_number_displayed = 0;
12630 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
12631
12632 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
12633 {
12634 display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
12635 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
12636 ++n;
12637 }
12638
12639 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
12640 {
12641 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
12642 current_buffer->header_line_format);
12643 ++n;
12644 }
12645
12646 return n;
12647 }
12648
12649
12650 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
12651 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
12652 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. Value is the pixel
12653 height of the mode line displayed. */
12654
12655 static int
12656 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
12657 struct window *w;
12658 enum face_id face_id;
12659 Lisp_Object format;
12660 {
12661 struct it it;
12662 struct face *face;
12663
12664 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
12665 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
12666
12667 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12668 /* Force the mode-line to be displayed in the default face. */
12669 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12670
12671 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
12672 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
12673 values. */
12674 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
12675 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format);
12676 pop_frame_kboard ();
12677
12678 /* Fill up with spaces. */
12679 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
12680
12681 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12682 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
12683 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
12684 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = 0;
12685 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
12686 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
12687 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
12688
12689 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
12690 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
12691 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
12692 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
12693 {
12694 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12695 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
12696 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
12697 }
12698
12699 return it.glyph_row->height;
12700 }
12701
12702
12703 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
12704 translates into text depends on its data type.
12705
12706 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
12707
12708 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
12709 infinite recursion here.
12710
12711 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
12712 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
12713 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
12714 display_string for details. *
12715
12716 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT. */
12717
12718 static int
12719 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt)
12720 struct it *it;
12721 int depth;
12722 int field_width, precision;
12723 Lisp_Object elt;
12724 {
12725 int n = 0, field, prec;
12726
12727 tail_recurse:
12728 if (depth > 10)
12729 goto invalid;
12730
12731 depth++;
12732
12733 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
12734 {
12735 case Lisp_String:
12736 {
12737 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
12738 unsigned char c;
12739 unsigned char *this = XSTRING (elt)->data;
12740 unsigned char *lisp_string = this;
12741
12742 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
12743 && *this
12744 && (frame_title_ptr
12745 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
12746 {
12747 unsigned char *last = this;
12748
12749 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
12750 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
12751 ;
12752
12753 if (this - 1 != last)
12754 {
12755 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
12756 is length of string. Don't output more than
12757 PRECISION allows us. */
12758 prec = --this - last;
12759 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
12760 prec = precision - n;
12761
12762 if (frame_title_ptr)
12763 n += store_frame_title (last, prec, prec);
12764 else
12765 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, last - lisp_string,
12766 it, 0, prec, 0, -1);
12767 }
12768 else /* c == '%' */
12769 {
12770 unsigned char *percent_position = this;
12771
12772 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
12773 don't pad. */
12774 field = 0;
12775 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
12776 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
12777
12778 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
12779 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
12780 field = field_width - n;
12781
12782 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
12783 prec = precision - n;
12784
12785 if (c == 'M')
12786 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
12787 Vglobal_mode_string);
12788 else if (c != 0)
12789 {
12790 unsigned char *spec
12791 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec);
12792
12793 if (frame_title_ptr)
12794 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
12795 else
12796 {
12797 int nglyphs_before
12798 = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12799 int charpos
12800 = percent_position - XSTRING (elt)->data;
12801 int nwritten
12802 = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt, charpos, 0, it,
12803 field, prec, 0, -1);
12804
12805 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
12806 string where the `%x' came from, position
12807 of the `%'. */
12808 if (nwritten > 0)
12809 {
12810 struct glyph *glyph
12811 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12812 + nglyphs_before);
12813 int i;
12814
12815 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
12816 {
12817 glyph[i].object = elt;
12818 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
12819 }
12820
12821 n += nwritten;
12822 }
12823 }
12824 }
12825 }
12826 }
12827 }
12828 break;
12829
12830 case Lisp_Symbol:
12831 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
12832 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
12833 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
12834 literally. */
12835 {
12836 register Lisp_Object tem;
12837 tem = Fboundp (elt);
12838 if (!NILP (tem))
12839 {
12840 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
12841 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
12842 don't check for % within it. */
12843 if (STRINGP (tem))
12844 {
12845 prec = XSTRING (tem)->size;
12846 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
12847 prec = precision - n;
12848 if (frame_title_ptr)
12849 n += store_frame_title (XSTRING (tem)->data, -1, prec);
12850 else
12851 n += display_string (NULL, tem, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
12852 0, prec, 0, -1);
12853 }
12854 else if (!EQ (tem, elt))
12855 {
12856 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
12857 elt = tem;
12858 goto tail_recurse;
12859 }
12860 }
12861 }
12862 break;
12863
12864 case Lisp_Cons:
12865 {
12866 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
12867
12868 /* A cons cell: three distinct cases.
12869 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
12870 and effectively concatenate them.
12871 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
12872 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
12873 to at least that many characters.
12874 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
12875 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
12876 car = XCAR (elt);
12877 if (EQ (car, QCeval) && CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
12878 {
12879 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
12880 and use the result as mode line elements. */
12881 struct gcpro gcpro1;
12882 Lisp_Object spec;
12883
12884 spec = safe_eval (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
12885 GCPRO1 (spec);
12886 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
12887 precision - n, spec);
12888 UNGCPRO;
12889 }
12890 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
12891 {
12892 tem = Fboundp (car);
12893 elt = XCDR (elt);
12894 if (!CONSP (elt))
12895 goto invalid;
12896 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
12897 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
12898 if (!NILP (tem))
12899 {
12900 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
12901 if (!NILP (tem))
12902 {
12903 elt = XCAR (elt);
12904 goto tail_recurse;
12905 }
12906 }
12907 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
12908 Get the cddr of the original list
12909 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
12910 elt = XCDR (elt);
12911 if (NILP (elt))
12912 break;
12913 else if (!CONSP (elt))
12914 goto invalid;
12915 elt = XCAR (elt);
12916 goto tail_recurse;
12917 }
12918 else if (INTEGERP (car))
12919 {
12920 register int lim = XINT (car);
12921 elt = XCDR (elt);
12922 if (lim < 0)
12923 {
12924 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
12925 if (precision <= 0)
12926 precision = -lim;
12927 else
12928 precision = min (precision, -lim);
12929 }
12930 else if (lim > 0)
12931 {
12932 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
12933 current maximum. */
12934 if (precision > 0)
12935 lim = min (precision, lim);
12936
12937 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
12938 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
12939 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
12940 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
12941 }
12942 goto tail_recurse;
12943 }
12944 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
12945 {
12946 register int limit = 50;
12947 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
12948 while (CONSP (elt)
12949 && --limit > 0
12950 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
12951 {
12952 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
12953 precision - n, XCAR (elt));
12954 elt = XCDR (elt);
12955 }
12956 }
12957 }
12958 break;
12959
12960 default:
12961 invalid:
12962 if (frame_title_ptr)
12963 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
12964 else
12965 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
12966 precision - n, 0, 0);
12967 return n;
12968 }
12969
12970 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
12971 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
12972 {
12973 if (frame_title_ptr)
12974 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
12975 else
12976 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
12977 0, 0, 0);
12978 }
12979
12980 return n;
12981 }
12982
12983
12984 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
12985 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
12986
12987 static void
12988 pint2str (buf, width, d)
12989 register char *buf;
12990 register int width;
12991 register int d;
12992 {
12993 register char *p = buf;
12994
12995 if (d <= 0)
12996 *p++ = '0';
12997 else
12998 {
12999 while (d > 0)
13000 {
13001 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
13002 d /= 10;
13003 }
13004 }
13005
13006 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
13007 *p++ = ' ';
13008 *p-- = '\0';
13009 while (p > buf)
13010 {
13011 d = *buf;
13012 *buf++ = *p;
13013 *p-- = d;
13014 }
13015 }
13016
13017 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
13018 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
13019 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
13020
13021 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
13022
13023 static char *
13024 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
13025 Lisp_Object coding_system;
13026 register char *buf;
13027 int eol_flag;
13028 {
13029 Lisp_Object val;
13030 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
13031 unsigned char *eol_str;
13032 int eol_str_len;
13033 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
13034 Lisp_Object eoltype;
13035
13036 val = Fget (coding_system, Qcoding_system);
13037 eoltype = Qnil;
13038
13039 if (!VECTORP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
13040 {
13041 if (multibyte)
13042 *buf++ = '-';
13043 if (eol_flag)
13044 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13045 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
13046 }
13047 else
13048 {
13049 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
13050
13051 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
13052
13053 if (multibyte)
13054 *buf++ = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (val)->contents[1]);
13055
13056 if (eol_flag)
13057 {
13058 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
13059
13060 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13061 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13062 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13063 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13064 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
13065 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
13066 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
13067 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
13068 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
13069 }
13070 }
13071
13072 if (eol_flag)
13073 {
13074 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
13075 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
13076 {
13077 eol_str = XSTRING (eoltype)->data;
13078 eol_str_len = XSTRING (eoltype)->size;
13079 }
13080 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
13081 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
13082 {
13083 eol_str = (unsigned char *) alloca (MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH);
13084 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), eol_str);
13085 }
13086 else
13087 {
13088 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
13089 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
13090 }
13091 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
13092 buf += eol_str_len;
13093 }
13094
13095 return buf;
13096 }
13097
13098 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
13099 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
13100 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
13101 string returned with spaces to that value. */
13102
13103 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
13104
13105 static char *
13106 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision)
13107 struct window *w;
13108 register int c;
13109 int field_width, precision;
13110 {
13111 Lisp_Object obj;
13112 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
13113 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
13114 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
13115
13116 obj = Qnil;
13117
13118 switch (c)
13119 {
13120 case '*':
13121 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13122 return "%";
13123 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13124 return "*";
13125 return "-";
13126
13127 case '+':
13128 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
13129 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13130 return "*";
13131 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13132 return "%";
13133 return "-";
13134
13135 case '&':
13136 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
13137 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13138 return "*";
13139 return "-";
13140
13141 case '%':
13142 return "%";
13143
13144 case '[':
13145 {
13146 int i;
13147 char *p;
13148
13149 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13150 return "[[[... ";
13151 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13152 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13153 *p++ = '[';
13154 *p = 0;
13155 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13156 }
13157
13158 case ']':
13159 {
13160 int i;
13161 char *p;
13162
13163 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13164 return " ...]]]";
13165 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13166 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13167 *p++ = ']';
13168 *p = 0;
13169 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13170 }
13171
13172 case '-':
13173 {
13174 register int i;
13175
13176 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
13177 if (field_width <= 0
13178 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
13179 {
13180 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
13181 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
13182 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
13183 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13184 }
13185 else
13186 return lots_of_dashes;
13187 }
13188
13189 case 'b':
13190 obj = b->name;
13191 break;
13192
13193 case 'c':
13194 {
13195 int col = current_column ();
13196 XSETFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed, col);
13197 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
13198 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13199 }
13200
13201 case 'F':
13202 /* %F displays the frame name. */
13203 if (!NILP (f->title))
13204 return (char *) XSTRING (f->title)->data;
13205 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13206 return (char *) XSTRING (f->name)->data;
13207 return "Emacs";
13208
13209 case 'f':
13210 obj = b->filename;
13211 break;
13212
13213 case 'l':
13214 {
13215 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
13216 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
13217 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
13218 int nlines, junk;
13219 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
13220
13221 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
13222 don't forget that too fast. */
13223 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
13224 goto no_value;
13225 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
13226 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
13227 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13228
13229 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
13230 if (INTEGERP (Vline_number_display_limit)
13231 && BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > XINT (Vline_number_display_limit))
13232 {
13233 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13234 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13235 goto no_value;
13236 }
13237
13238 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
13239 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
13240 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
13241 {
13242 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
13243 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
13244 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
13245 }
13246 else
13247 {
13248 line = 1;
13249 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
13250 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13251 }
13252
13253 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
13254 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
13255 startpos_byte,
13256 startpos, &junk);
13257
13258 topline = nlines + line;
13259
13260 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
13261 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
13262 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
13263 go back past it. */
13264 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13265 {
13266 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline);
13267 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BUF_BEGV (b));
13268 }
13269 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
13270 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13271 {
13272 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
13273 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13274 int position;
13275 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
13276
13277 if (startpos - distance > limit)
13278 {
13279 limit = startpos - distance;
13280 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
13281 }
13282
13283 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13284 limit_byte,
13285 - (height * 2 + 30),
13286 &position);
13287 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
13288 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
13289 give up on line numbers for this window. */
13290 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
13291 {
13292 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
13293 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13294 goto no_value;
13295 }
13296
13297 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline - nlines);
13298 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
13299 }
13300
13301 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
13302 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13303 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
13304
13305 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
13306 line_number_displayed = 1;
13307
13308 /* Make the string to show. */
13309 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
13310 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13311 no_value:
13312 {
13313 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13314 int pad = field_width - 2;
13315 while (pad-- > 0)
13316 *p++ = ' ';
13317 *p++ = '?';
13318 *p++ = '?';
13319 *p = '\0';
13320 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13321 }
13322 }
13323 break;
13324
13325 case 'm':
13326 obj = b->mode_name;
13327 break;
13328
13329 case 'n':
13330 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
13331 return " Narrow";
13332 break;
13333
13334 case 'p':
13335 {
13336 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
13337 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13338
13339 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
13340 {
13341 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13342 return "All";
13343 else
13344 return "Bottom";
13345 }
13346 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13347 return "Top";
13348 else
13349 {
13350 if (total > 1000000)
13351 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13352 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13353 else
13354 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13355 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13356 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13357 if (total == 100)
13358 total = 99;
13359 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13360 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13361 }
13362 }
13363
13364 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
13365 case 'P':
13366 {
13367 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
13368 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
13369 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13370
13371 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
13372 {
13373 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13374 return "All";
13375 else
13376 return "Bottom";
13377 }
13378 else
13379 {
13380 if (total > 1000000)
13381 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13382 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13383 else
13384 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13385 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13386 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13387 if (total == 100)
13388 total = 99;
13389 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13390 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
13391 else
13392 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13393 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13394 }
13395 }
13396
13397 case 's':
13398 /* status of process */
13399 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
13400 if (NILP (obj))
13401 return "no process";
13402 #ifdef subprocesses
13403 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
13404 #endif
13405 break;
13406
13407 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
13408 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
13409 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
13410 #else
13411 return "T";
13412 #endif
13413
13414 case 'z':
13415 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
13416 case 'Z':
13417 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
13418 {
13419 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
13420 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13421
13422 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13423 {
13424 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
13425 to do EOL conversion. */
13426 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13427 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13428 }
13429 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
13430 p, eol_flag);
13431
13432 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
13433 #ifdef subprocesses
13434 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
13435 if (PROCESSP (obj))
13436 {
13437 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
13438 p, eol_flag);
13439 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
13440 p, eol_flag);
13441 }
13442 #endif /* subprocesses */
13443 #endif /* 0 */
13444 *p = 0;
13445 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13446 }
13447 }
13448
13449 if (STRINGP (obj))
13450 return (char *) XSTRING (obj)->data;
13451 else
13452 return "";
13453 }
13454
13455
13456 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
13457 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
13458 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
13459
13460 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
13461
13462 static int
13463 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
13464 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
13465 int *byte_pos_ptr;
13466 {
13467 register unsigned char *cursor;
13468 unsigned char *base;
13469
13470 register int ceiling;
13471 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
13472 int orig_count = count;
13473
13474 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
13475 check only for newlines. */
13476 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
13477 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
13478
13479 if (count > 0)
13480 {
13481 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
13482 {
13483 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
13484 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
13485 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
13486 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
13487 while (1)
13488 {
13489 if (selective_display)
13490 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13491 ;
13492 else
13493 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13494 ;
13495
13496 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13497 {
13498 if (--count == 0)
13499 {
13500 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13501 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13502 return orig_count;
13503 }
13504 else
13505 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
13506 break;
13507 }
13508 else
13509 break;
13510 }
13511 start_byte += cursor - base;
13512 }
13513 }
13514 else
13515 {
13516 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
13517 {
13518 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
13519 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
13520 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
13521 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
13522 while (1)
13523 {
13524 if (selective_display)
13525 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
13526 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
13527 ;
13528 else
13529 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
13530 ;
13531
13532 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13533 {
13534 if (++count == 0)
13535 {
13536 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13537 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13538 /* When scanning backwards, we should
13539 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
13540 return - orig_count - 1;
13541 }
13542 }
13543 else
13544 break;
13545 }
13546 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
13547 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
13548 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13549 }
13550 }
13551
13552 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
13553
13554 if (count < 0)
13555 return - orig_count + count;
13556 return orig_count - count;
13557
13558 }
13559
13560
13561 \f
13562 /***********************************************************************
13563 Displaying strings
13564 ***********************************************************************/
13565
13566 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
13567
13568 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
13569 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
13570
13571 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
13572 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
13573 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
13574
13575 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
13576 standard display table, temporarily.
13577
13578 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
13579 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
13580 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
13581 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
13582
13583 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
13584 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
13585
13586 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
13587
13588 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
13589 ----------------------------------------
13590 -1 -1 %s
13591 -1 10 %.10s
13592 10 -1 %10s
13593 20 10 %20.10s
13594
13595 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
13596 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
13597 enable_multibyte_characters.
13598
13599 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
13600
13601 static int
13602 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
13603 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
13604 unsigned char *string;
13605 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
13606 Lisp_Object face_string;
13607 int face_string_pos;
13608 int start;
13609 struct it *it;
13610 int field_width, precision, max_x;
13611 int multibyte;
13612 {
13613 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
13614 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
13615 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
13616
13617 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
13618 with index START. We assume that IT may be modified here (which
13619 means that display_line has to do something when displaying a
13620 mini-buffer prompt, which it does). */
13621 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
13622 precision, field_width, multibyte);
13623
13624 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
13625 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
13626 if (STRINGP (face_string))
13627 {
13628 int endptr;
13629 struct face *face;
13630
13631 it->face_id
13632 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
13633 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
13634 it->region_end_charpos,
13635 &endptr, it->base_face_id);
13636 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
13637 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
13638 }
13639
13640 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
13641 beyond the right edge of the window. */
13642 if (max_x <= 0)
13643 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
13644 else
13645 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
13646
13647 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
13648 hscrolled. */
13649 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
13650 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
13651 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
13652
13653 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
13654 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
13655 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
13656 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
13657
13658 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
13659 past last_visible_x. */
13660 while (it->current_x < max_x)
13661 {
13662 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
13663
13664 /* Get the next display element. */
13665 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
13666 break;
13667
13668 /* Produce glyphs. */
13669 x_before = it->current_x;
13670 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13671 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
13672
13673 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
13674 i = 0;
13675 x = x_before;
13676 while (i < nglyphs)
13677 {
13678 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
13679
13680 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
13681 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
13682 {
13683 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
13684 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
13685 it->current_x = x;
13686 break;
13687 }
13688 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
13689 {
13690 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
13691 ++it->hpos;
13692 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
13693 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
13694 }
13695 else
13696 {
13697 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
13698 Should not happen. */
13699 abort ();
13700 }
13701
13702 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13703 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13704 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13705 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13706 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13707 x += glyph->pixel_width;
13708 ++i;
13709 }
13710
13711 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
13712 if (i < nglyphs)
13713 break;
13714
13715 /* Stop at line ends. */
13716 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
13717 {
13718 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13719 break;
13720 }
13721
13722 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13723
13724 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
13725 if (it->truncate_lines_p
13726 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
13727 {
13728 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
13729 truncated at a padding space. */
13730 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
13731 {
13732 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13733 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
13734 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
13735 }
13736 break;
13737 }
13738 }
13739
13740 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
13741 if (it->first_visible_x
13742 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
13743 {
13744 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13745 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
13746 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
13747 }
13748
13749 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
13750
13751 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
13752 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
13753 }
13754
13755
13756 \f
13757 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1 if PROPVAL
13758 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
13759 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
13760 way, and return 1 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
13761 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13762
13763 int
13764 invisible_p (propval, list)
13765 register Lisp_Object propval;
13766 Lisp_Object list;
13767 {
13768 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13769
13770 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13771 {
13772 register Lisp_Object tem;
13773 tem = XCAR (tail);
13774 if (EQ (propval, tem))
13775 return 1;
13776 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13777 return 1;
13778 }
13779
13780 if (CONSP (propval))
13781 {
13782 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13783 {
13784 Lisp_Object propelt;
13785 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13786 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13787 {
13788 register Lisp_Object tem;
13789 tem = XCAR (tail);
13790 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
13791 return 1;
13792 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13793 return 1;
13794 }
13795 }
13796 }
13797
13798 return 0;
13799 }
13800
13801
13802 /* Return 1 if PROPVAL appears as the car of an element of LIST and
13803 the cdr of that element is non-nil. If PROPVAL is a list, check
13804 each element of PROPVAL in that way, and the first time some
13805 element is found, return 1 if the cdr of that element is non-nil.
13806 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13807
13808 int
13809 invisible_ellipsis_p (propval, list)
13810 register Lisp_Object propval;
13811 Lisp_Object list;
13812 {
13813 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13814
13815 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13816 {
13817 register Lisp_Object tem;
13818 tem = XCAR (tail);
13819 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13820 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13821 }
13822
13823 if (CONSP (propval))
13824 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13825 {
13826 Lisp_Object propelt;
13827 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13828 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13829 {
13830 register Lisp_Object tem;
13831 tem = XCAR (tail);
13832 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13833 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13834 }
13835 }
13836
13837 return 0;
13838 }
13839
13840
13841 \f
13842 /***********************************************************************
13843 Initialization
13844 ***********************************************************************/
13845
13846 void
13847 syms_of_xdisp ()
13848 {
13849 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
13850 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
13851
13852 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
13853 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
13854
13855 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
13856 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
13857
13858 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
13859 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
13860 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
13861 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
13862 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay_toggle);
13863 defsubr (&Strace_to_stderr);
13864 #endif
13865
13866 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
13867 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
13868
13869 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
13870 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
13871
13872 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
13873 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
13874
13875 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
13876 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
13877
13878 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
13879 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
13880
13881 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
13882 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
13883
13884 QCdata = intern (":data");
13885 staticpro (&QCdata);
13886 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
13887 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
13888 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
13889 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
13890 Qraise = intern ("raise");
13891 staticpro (&Qraise);
13892 Qspace = intern ("space");
13893 staticpro (&Qspace);
13894 Qmargin = intern ("margin");
13895 staticpro (&Qmargin);
13896 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
13897 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
13898 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
13899 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
13900 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
13901 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
13902 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
13903 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
13904 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
13905 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
13906 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
13907 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
13908 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
13909 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
13910 QCeval = intern (":eval");
13911 staticpro (&QCeval);
13912 Qwhen = intern ("when");
13913 staticpro (&Qwhen);
13914 QCfile = intern (":file");
13915 staticpro (&QCfile);
13916 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
13917 staticpro (&Qfontified);
13918 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
13919 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
13920 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
13921 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
13922 Qimage = intern ("image");
13923 staticpro (&Qimage);
13924 Qmessage_truncate_lines = intern ("message-truncate-lines");
13925 staticpro (&Qmessage_truncate_lines);
13926 Qgrow_only = intern ("grow-only");
13927 staticpro (&Qgrow_only);
13928
13929 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
13930 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
13931 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
13932 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
13933
13934 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
13935 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
13936 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
13937
13938 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
13939 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
13940 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
13941
13942 Vmessages_buffer_name = build_string ("*Messages*");
13943 staticpro (&Vmessages_buffer_name);
13944
13945 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
13946 "Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.\n\
13947 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.");
13948 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
13949
13950 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
13951 "Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.\n\
13952 This is used for internal purposes.");
13953 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
13954
13955 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
13956 "String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.");
13957 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
13958
13959 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
13960 "Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.\n\
13961 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.\n\
13962 See also `overlay-arrow-string'.");
13963 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
13964
13965 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
13966 "String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'.");
13967 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
13968
13969 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
13970 "*The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.\n\
13971 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.\n\
13972 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.\n\
13973 If you want scrolling to always be a line at a time, you should set\n\
13974 `scroll-conservatively' to a large value rather than set this to 1.");
13975
13976 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
13977 "*Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.\n\
13978 A value of zero means to scroll the text to center point vertically\n\
13979 in the window.");
13980 scroll_conservatively = 0;
13981
13982 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
13983 "*Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.\n\
13984 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines\n\
13985 of the top or bottom of the window.");
13986 scroll_margin = 0;
13987
13988 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
13989 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, "Don't ask");
13990 #endif
13991
13992 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
13993 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
13994 "*Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide.");
13995 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
13996
13997 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
13998 "nil means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face.\n\
13999 Any other value means to use the appropriate face, `mode-line',\n\
14000 `header-line', or `menu' respectively.\n\
14001 \n\
14002 This variable is deprecated; please change the above faces instead.");
14003 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
14004
14005 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-number-display-limit", &Vline_number_display_limit,
14006 "*Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.\n\
14007 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear\n\
14008 in the mode line. A value of nil means no limit.");
14009 Vline_number_display_limit = Qnil;
14010
14011 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width",
14012 &line_number_display_limit_width,
14013 "*Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.\n\
14014 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the\n\
14015 line number may be omitted from the mode line.");
14016 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
14017
14018 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
14019 "*Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.");
14020 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
14021
14022 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
14023 "Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.\n\
14024 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.\n\
14025 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing\n\
14026 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.");
14027
14028 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
14029 "Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.\n\
14030 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
14031 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
14032 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
14033 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
14034 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
14035 "Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.\n\
14036 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
14037 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
14038 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
14039 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
14040 Vicon_title_format
14041 = Vframe_title_format
14042 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
14043 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
14044 Fcons (Fcons (build_string (""),
14045 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
14046 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
14047 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
14048 Qnil)))),
14049 Qnil)));
14050
14051 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
14052 "Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.\n\
14053 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate\n\
14054 the buffer when it becomes large.");
14055 XSETFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max, 50);
14056
14057 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
14058 "Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.\n\
14059 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.\n\
14060 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed\n\
14061 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,\n\
14062 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.");
14063 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
14064
14065 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
14066 "List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.\n\
14067 Each function is called with two arguments, the window\n\
14068 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'\n\
14069 is not valid when these functions are called.");
14070 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
14071
14072 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
14073 "*Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.\n\
14074 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.\n\
14075 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines\n\
14076 otherwise.");
14077 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
14078
14079 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
14080 "*Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.");
14081 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
14082
14083 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-margin", &tool_bar_button_margin,
14084 "*Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.");
14085 tool_bar_button_margin = 1;
14086
14087 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
14088 "Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.");
14089 tool_bar_button_relief = 3;
14090
14091 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
14092 "List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.\n\
14093 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must\n\
14094 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give\n\
14095 fontified regions the property `fontified'.\n\
14096 This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.");
14097 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
14098 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qfontification_functions);
14099
14100 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
14101 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
14102 "*Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.\n\
14103 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters\n\
14104 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters\n\
14105 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are\n\
14106 displayed according to the current fontset.");
14107 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
14108
14109 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
14110 "*Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.\n\
14111 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.\n\
14112 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.");
14113 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
14114
14115 DEFVAR_LISP ("resize-mini-windows", &Vresize_mini_windows,
14116 "*How to resize mini-windows.\n\
14117 A value of nil means don't automatically resize mini-windows.\n\
14118 A value of t means resize them to fit the text displayed in them.\n\
14119 A value of `grow-only', the default, means let mini-windows grow\n\
14120 only, until their display becomes empty, at which point the windows\n\
14121 go back to their normal size.");
14122 Vresize_mini_windows = Qgrow_only;
14123
14124 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows",
14125 &cursor_in_non_selected_windows,
14126 "*Non-nil means display a hollow cursor in non-selected windows.\n\
14127 Nil means don't display a cursor there.");
14128 cursor_in_non_selected_windows = 1;
14129
14130 DEFVAR_BOOL ("automatic-hscrolling", &automatic_hscrolling_p,
14131 "*Non-nil means scroll the display automatically to make point visible.");
14132 automatic_hscrolling_p = 1;
14133
14134 DEFVAR_LISP ("image-types", &Vimage_types,
14135 "List of supported image types.\n\
14136 Each element of the list is a symbol for a supported image type.");
14137 Vimage_types = Qnil;
14138
14139 DEFVAR_BOOL ("message-truncate-lines", &message_truncate_lines,
14140 "If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area.\n\
14141 Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect.");
14142 message_truncate_lines = 0;
14143
14144 DEFVAR_LISP ("menu-bar-update-hook", &Vmenu_bar_update_hook,
14145 "Normal hook run for clicks on menu bar, before displaying a submenu.\n\
14146 Can be used to update submenus whose contents should vary.");
14147 Vmenu_bar_update_hook = Qnil;
14148 }
14149
14150
14151 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
14152
14153 void
14154 init_xdisp ()
14155 {
14156 Lisp_Object root_window;
14157 struct window *mini_w;
14158
14159 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
14160
14161 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
14162
14163 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
14164 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
14165
14166 if (!noninteractive)
14167 {
14168 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
14169 int i;
14170
14171 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->top, FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
14172 set_window_height (root_window,
14173 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
14174 0);
14175 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->top, FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
14176 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
14177
14178 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14179 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14180
14181 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
14182 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
14183 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
14184
14185 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
14186 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
14187 XSETFASTINT (default_invis_vector[i], '.');
14188 }
14189
14190 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
14191 {
14192 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles. */
14193 int size = 100;
14194 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
14195 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
14196 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
14197 }
14198 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
14199
14200 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
14201 }
14202
14203